........Title..........................Short Description...............Complete Proposal
<table><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>7 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='7'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Food Security in small rural area </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >To build capacity of individuals, groups and communities in poverty alleviation and raise the living standards of the people of country through training, education and promotion of sustainable development </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >BACKGROUND TO CURRENT SITUATION OF RURAL COMMUNTIES IN DISTRICT
The majority of people living in the District are subsistence farmers, growing a variety of food crops for their consumption and a small surplus for sale. Some community members are engaged in small scale retail trades all mainly in agricultural produce. Crops yields have been disrupted by natural disasters, dry seasons, hailstorms and rocky soils. The major effect to people is a long term decline in food production and per capita income.
Current measures to increase food production and household income are hampered by factors that include On farm storage and processing, high level of losses at household level, unreliable / unpredictable weather changes, poor communication system and transport network, ignorance of appropriate / scientific farming methods, no easy access to agricultural inputs and machinery. This therefore impacts negatively on the food situation and quality of life for people living in the District
 
Details of Staff:
NO 	NAMES	POSITION	DURATION	SEX	QUALIFICATION
1		Executive Director	5 Years	Male	Graduate
2		Asst Director / Credit Manager	2 Years	Female	Graduate / Post Graduate
3		Accountant	2 Years	Male	Graduate
4		Programme Head	4 Years	Male	Diploma
5		Community Development  / Social Workrt	2 Years	Female	Diploma
6		Credit Officer	4 Years	Male	Diploma








ORGANIZATION






VISION
Communities living in a peaceful environment sharing and managing resources for their individual well being and community transformation
MISSION
Our organization is a non-profit making, non-political organization established to empower rural families, communities and marginalised under privileged urban groups to fully participate in the development process of their lives and enable them to live health and dignified lives.
LOCATION
 Specific Town and District.
AIMS
•	To build capacity of individuals, groups and communities in poverty alleviation and raise the living standards of the people of country through training, education and promotion of sustainable development
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

The organization believes sustainable development will only be achieved when the root causes of under development i.e. ignorance, poverty, poor leadership are dealt with hopes to achieve this with the following strategic objectives:
•	To strengthen community and organisational initiative and improve their abilities to manage the available resources more effectively
•	To promote sustainable food security through transfer of modern farming techniques.
•	To lobby and advocate for equal opportunities for all, men and women without discrimination.
•	To fight the raising scourge of HIV/AIDS in rural areas and promote community health services
•	To promote environmental preservation.

BACKGROUND TO CURRENT SITUATION OF RURAL COMMUNTIES IN THE DISTRICT
The majority of people living in the District are subsistence farmers, growing a variety of food crops for their consumption and a small surplus for sale. Some community members are engaged in small scale retail trades all mainly in agricultural produce. Crops yields have been disrupted by natural disasters, dry seasons, hailstorms and rocky soils. The major effect to people is a long term decline in food production and per capita income.
Current measures to increase food production and household income are hampered by factors that include On farm storage and processing, high level of losses at household level, unreliable / unpredictable weather changes, poor communication system and transport network, ignorance of appropriate / scientific farming methods, no easy access to agricultural inputs and machinery. This therefore impacts negatively on the food situation and quality of life for people living in the District
Current Activities in the District
The organization addresses this phenomenon of declining food security and deteriorating environmental conditions of communities by equipping them with skills, and building their capacity to cope and deal positively with these challenges. Main activities currently are:
1	The promotion of sustainable food security through training and demonstration in modern farming methods.
2	Environmental preservation through training, and practical application of land and soil management techniques, tree planting and energy saving methods
3	Water management and Sanitation training
4	Micro Credit Loans, Entrepreneurial / Savings and Credit training
5	HIV/AIDS prevention and care training
6	Primary Health Care Training
7	Participatory Development Consultancy
In addition to the problem above, the people living in rural communities are facing other challenges like:
&#10146;	Poverty
&#10146;	Unemployment
&#10146;	Insufficient life and livelihood skills
&#10146;	Inadequate health services and the spread of HIV/AIDS/STI
&#10146;	Lack of skills and entrepreneurial training 
The above issues/problems are rapidly progressing and the effects to the community are adverse.


1	Certificate Attached


Map indicating where the organization Operates:
•	Project holder: describe briefly whether and in which way the staff and the target group are usually involved in decision making process of organization.;

(i)	The staff have weekly staff meetings in which they report to each other on the work of the previous week while briefing on the work for week, this way they all are involved in the planning for the activities carried out in the a organization. 
(ii)	Likewise the beneficiary community members are responsible for planning all their activities with the staff acting only as facilitators and technical guidance
  
•	Outline briefly the standard procedures in the organization and particularly the regulations for financial management; was an audit done last year? 
Standard financial regulations in include: 
(i)	Requisition for payment with supporting document for purpose and quotes for the item to be purchased, if item is $100.00 there need to be at least two quotations 
(ii)	The requisition is sent to the head of programs for certification and later forwarded to the Director for final approval then forwarded to the Accountant for payment
(i)	 The Accountant make quarterly financial reports which are sent to Executive Director and the Board of Trustees 
(ii)	An Audit is made every end of the year and is submitted to the Board of Trustees and funding agencies
•	Written gender policy. 
Our organization profile the Board has insisted on the emphasizes of equal opportunities for all, men and women without discrimination and this is one of the objectives of the organization. For each committee formed in the community there must be women and their views are particularly sought in all decisions made. Like wise women health and domestic violence are key issues in the program women being the back bone of the family welfare
•	HIV/AIDS
The country has a long record of suffering with HIV/AIDS as a result in all activities conducted HIV/AIDS is main streamed to guard against the reversal of gains made in one sector due to people becoming too weak to continue working

Cooperation in terms of content and finances: with which other organizations cooperate?; In which networks?;Outline the organizations relationship to local, national and /or international church and ecumenical institutions; what aid agencies has been cooperating over last five years?; give name of agency, title of project, funding phase, total budget, amount of funding support; are their proposal submit and status? 

1	Partner one

	They have been funding us for the last two years with a sponsorship of $ 50,000- per year

2	Partner two

	
	It is a capacity building institution for Non Governmental Organisation in for the last 5 years they have been training the organization in Management, and Organization Development passing on skills in Participatory methodologies. The sponsorship is for the cost of training including full board costs, training materials and sometimes transportation.  Value is over
              $10,000 per year.

3	Partner three 

It is a local partner organization. They are co-implementers of the Rural Development Program that we are implementing in our communities. We do exchange visits between our two organizations 
•	Budget: use local currency and correspond to activities; salaries and related cost for administration staff should be budget separately; budget for M and Evaluation and bank fees; we encourage non-monetary contributions but not in the budget but as separate information of the project holder and target group. 
•	Let me see a draft and then I will send the anme and address of were to send it. Questions.


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>10 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='10'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Community Education, Empowerment and Development for the orphans and vulnerable girl children </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The project will benefit 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 200 traditional and church leaders and 500 other community members, through awareness campaigns on children’s rights, the dangers and risks associated with harmful religious and cultural practices that promote child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS. Of the 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 100 girls will be reinstated and provided with school fees, uniforms, stationary and sanitary ware, while 75 girls will go through a rehabilitation programme in the Girls Empowerment Villages, before they are reintegrated with their families </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Project Proposal

On
Community Education, Empowerment and Development for the orphans and vulnerable girl children 


List of Abbreviations
BEAM            Basic Education Assistance Module 
CMCs             Child Monitoring Committees
THE NETWORK                 The Network  
GEV                Girls Empowerment Villages
MoPSLSW      Ministry of Public Service, Labour and Social Welfare
OVC                Orphans and Vulnerable Children 
PASS               Poverty Assessment Study Survey
PVO                Private Voluntary Organisation
UDAC	Union for the Development of Apostolic Churches
NATHA 	National Traditional Healers Association
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Executive Summary………………………………………………………………..4 

1.	Introduction ……………………………………………………………………5
1.1	Organisational background…….……………………………………..6
            1.2 Project Background…………………………………………………....11					
2.	Project Description……………………………………………………………	12
             2.1 Project Location and Target Beneficiaries………………………….	12
             2.2 Statement of the Problem…………………………………………….14
             2.3 Justification of the Project……………………………………………15
             2.4 Project Goal, Strategy, Objectives and Activities.………………..	16	
             
3.	Project Management …………………………………………………………	20
              3.1 Project Activity Plan…………………………………………………20
              3.2 Project Implementation Management……………………………	22
              3.3 Financial Management	……………………………………………	22
              3.4 Project Sustainability ……………………………………………….	23
              3.5 Monitoring and Evaluation …………………………………………23
              3.6 Project Reporting…………………………………………………….	24
4.	THE NETWORK   Funding Partners……………………………………………………….25
5.	Project Budget…………………………………………………………………	27
6.	Bank Details……………………………………………………………………	27
 

 



Executive Summary 

The plight of orphans and vulnerable children, especially that of girls, is one that calls for concerted efforts.  The Network   has always been part of the coordinated efforts geared towards ameliorating the plight of orphans and vulnerable children (OVC). This proposal is part of the organisation’s efforts to respond to the predicament of orphaned and vulnerable girls in the light of the unfortunate incidence of child sexual abuse and its intrinsic links with HIV/AIDS and poverty.

It is against this background that THE NETWORK   through this proposal aims “To facilitate the protection, empowerment and alleviation of suffering of orphaned and vulnerable girls in one rural district and one high-density suburb of The Country  . In pursuit of this goal,
THE NETWORK   proposes to undertake the following activities
•	THE NETWORK   proposes to undertake awareness campaigns and workshops in the targeted communities on the negative impacts of some religious and cultural practices that are a negation of girls’ development and empowerment, and that promote child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS. 
•	It also proposes to capacitate communities through establishing community Child Monitoring Committees (CMCs) that will assist OVC in monitoring and reporting child abuse. 
•	Having realised the increased vulnerability that comes with girls being out of school, the organisation proposes to reinstate and retain them within the school system through provision of educational and non-educational support. 
•	THE NETWORK   further proposes to put measures in place to ensure effective management of the reported cases and reintegration of survivors through foster parenting, case follow-ups and home visits, and provision of basic needs to the rehabilitated girls.
•	It will further provide temporary shelter and other rehabilitation services to deserving cases through the Girls Empowerment Villages.

THE NETWORK   will implement and manage the proposed activities through its existing structures and programmes as follows; 
•	Girls Empowerment Villages will be responsible for activities at village level. 
•	The Target Beneficiary Protection and Emergency unit will be responsible for all rehabilitation activities. 
•	Community Development and Empowerment will be in charge of all community-based programs, and 
•	The Girls Empowerment Clubs will undertake girl’s club activities. 

The Finance and Administration Manager will be in charge of finances and all other administrative issues in terms of providing resources and support to programmes. The Director oversees all project activities.

The project will benefit 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 200 traditional and church leaders and 500 other community members, through awareness campaigns on children’s rights, the dangers and risks associated with harmful religious and cultural practices that promote child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS. Of the 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 100 girls will be reinstated and provided with school fees, uniforms, stationary and sanitary ware, while 75 girls will go through a rehabilitation programme in the Girls Empowerment Villages, before they are reintegrated with their families

To effectively undertake the proposed activities THE NETWORK   is requesting EURO 60 450.00

1 Introduction 

In this proposal The Network   provides a contextual background to the proposal under the Introduction, before covering the Project Description, Project Management and Project Budget. 

Organisation and Project Background: The organisational background section will discuss the environmental context in which the project is being formulated. It will briefly trace The Network   development and its current position in the sector. It will cover such issues as its history, vision, mission, objectives and thematic issues.

Project description: Project description will highlight the project location and justify its identification. It will also describe the project target group. In this regard it will expose the problems that the project seeks to address and also justify the need to undertake the proposed activities. Furthermore, project description will articulate the project goal, strategies, objectives and the activities that will be undertaken to achieve the project objectives.

Project management: The project management section will unpack the project implementation framework in terms of the project activity plan, project implementation and management, project sustainability, monitoring and evaluation framework and the project reporting system.

Project Budget: The project budget translates the project activities into the required financial resources.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
1.1	Organisational Background

The Network   (THE NETWORK  ) was established as a girls’ club at The Neighbourhood  1 High School in The Community  where the current Director would hold informal discussions on issues affecting girls at school, home and the community.  What came out of the discussions was the grim reality of the challenges that the girl child faces in pursuit of her growth and development goals. These, among others, include the deprivation and insecurity the girl child has to grapple with from birth to womanhood. 

The Network   was formally established on 20 March 1999 and was originally registered as a Trust with a specific mandate to be a voice of the voiceless young girls aged 0-16 years.  It set out, not only to speak on their behalf, but also to empower the girls and together with the organization, act in the face of violation of their rights. In pursuit of its objectives, THE NETWORK   defines eempowerment as the process of providing, facilitating and instilling the means of addressing issues which impede the full growth and development of the girl child in all spheres of home, school and community. Consequently, an empowered girl is one who:
•	Stands on her own with the confidence to tackle life's challenges in the various spheres of life
•	Critically analyzes the status quo and to make recommendations for necessary amendments
•	Puts across her views on issues that marginalize the girl child.
•	Strives to reach her potential and is assertive
•	Consistently and unwaveringly guards jealously her rights, space and self-esteem.
•	Demonstrates positive behavior change

 In 2004, the The Network   was registered as a Private Voluntary Organisation (PVO) (9/2004)

The organisation has transformed itself from just a grassroots organization with no visible structure, into a professionally run organization. THE NETWORK   activities are coordinated through its Headquarters in The Community  and three Girls Empowerment Villages strategically positioned in Hwange, Rusape and Chihota.  
Since its inception, THE NETWORK   has received funding from fifteen funding partners (one major grant and fourteen small grants) and has maintained a good track record that has seen it keeping a close and long term relationship with the funding partners, while at the same time courting others. All of THE NETWORK  ’s major funding partners since 2000 have committed themselves to fund THE NETWORK   until 2006 with high prospects of renewal of the agreements.

Currently, THE NETWORK   has a membership of 20 000 girls and 350 clubs affiliated to it. THE NETWORK   now covers seven provinces of The Country   and 21 “areas” which make up 32 out of 58 of The Country  ’s districts.  70 % of THE NETWORK   work is in the rural areas, 10 % in the high densely populated suburbs like The Community  and Highfield, 10 % is shared between farming and mining areas, whilst the other 10 % is in the low density suburbs.  Arguably with daily coverage by both private and public media THE NETWORK   work has hit every corner of The Country  . 

THE NETWORK   has recorded a number of achievements to date. As indicated above, it operates 350 clubs in schools and communities. It has three administrative centres comprising offices and safe houses now renamed Girls Empowerment Centres in 3 communities. Two of the three Empowerment Villages are almost fully equipped and operational with a vehicle, office, furniture, computers, photocopiers etc that have greatly assisted in programmes being implemented more efficiently and effectively. THE NETWORK   has some clubs and referral centres in five communities etc where there are no other development organisations specifically targeting the girl child. THE NETWORK   has proved to be a key player in the fight against child sexual abuse; having attended to 20 000 cases of child sexual abuse since 1998.

A three-year Girl Child Empowerment strategy with programs, indicators of empowerment and expected results was successfully implemented (2003 – 2005). THE NETWORK   has also led to formation of many girls initiatives by UNICEF, and other groups.

THE NETWORK enjoys worldwide acclaim with awards and prizes on innovative and best preventative strategies in child abuse. Notable amongst these is the Prize awarded to Betty Makoni for best innovative and preventative strategies against child abuse, awarded by the Women World Summit Foundation of Switzerland.  This award is celebrated annually worldwide and this has earned THE NETWORK Global honor as advocate for girls’ rights, leading to many organisations in The Country replicating the girl child empowerment model. For instance, its model is being replicated in the The Country National Plan of Action for Orphans and other Vulnerable Children being run by Government and UNICEF. The coordinator of the Plan of Action is a former intern of THE NETWORK  .



Vision: THE NETWORK  ’s vision is one of a  “society where girls enjoy their economic, social and political rights and develop their full potential as women.” 

Mission: THE NETWORK  ’s mission is “We are an organization that supports the empowerment of the girl child in all spheres of home, school and community “

Goal: THE NETWORK  ’s goal is “the holistic and total empowerment of the girl child as well as the eradication of all forms of abuse and practices that in part or in whole, directly or indirectly impede the full physical, emotional and spiritual or otherwise the growth and development of the girl child.”

Objectives: In pursuit of these higher-level objectives, THE NETWORK   strives to deliver the following specific objectives
•	To engage all stakeholders including communities, schools, governments and policymakers in advocacy and lobbying for eradication of practices, which impede the girl child’s full physical, emotional, spiritual growth and development.
•	To register attitude change in the communities in their perception of the girl child.
•	To economically, socially, culturally empower the girl child for her to assert her rights and resist various forms and manifestations of abuse as well as helping her realize her potential in life.
•	To disseminate information on the girls’ rights to HIV treatment and education and psychosocial support as a result of sexual abuse.
•	To promote the reproductive health of girls through advocating for the provision and improved access to reproductive health facilities.

THE NETWORK   operates in seven principal thematic areas as follows;

o	Gender equality and equity
o	Gender Based Violence
o	Education
o	Human Rights
o	Poverty Alleviation
o	HIV and AIDS 
o	Livelihoods



THE NETWORK   ensures the achievements of its objectives through the following programmes;  

•	Girls Empowerment Clubs: To realise empowerment of girls the programme, amongst other activities, trains girls, club coordinators and area coordinators on girls club formation and management. It also organises girls arts festivals, career guidance fairs and public speaking galas to enable girls to showcase level of empowerment and advocate for their rights 

•	Advocacy and Lobby: This programme aims at llobbying government, donors, communities to work towards eliminating harmful, legal and cultural practices through the adoption and implementation of child and gender sensitive policies. In this connection, THE NETWORK   also conducts community legal sensitisation and awareness programmes on laws and policies that protect woman and children. 

•	Information Documentation and Dissemination: The program seeks to document and disseminate all empowerment activities carried out by THE NETWORK   in all areas of operation and produce regular news bulletins for girls and other stakeholders from all areas of operation

•	Target Beneficiary Protection and Emergency Program (TBPEP): This programme delivers the organisation’s humanitarian assistance to the target girls. Program components include:
 
1)	Victim Support and Protection Unit
 
•	24 hours emergency service to girls at risk who want to open up on abuse after awareness campaigns in communities or through other programs 
•	Strong referral system for legal aid, shelter counseling and relocation of rape survivors to safe shelters within five working days.
•	One week self empowerment courses to victims of sexual, physical, emotional and economic abuse as follow up rehabilitation Plan of Action
•	Rescue operations for potential victims of any form of abuse and escorts to police, Social Welfare Department and other children and women’s service delivery organizations.

2)	Scholarship and Reinstatement into school 

•	Provision of school fees to poor, orphaned, neglected and economically marginalised girls aged between six and sixteen so that they remain in school. 
•	Provision of books, uniforms and stationery to economically disadvantaged girls


3)	Humanitarian assistance 

•	Food, Sanitary ware, panties, soap, medication and basic needs are channeled to girl child headed families and orphaned girls as they come.

4) Women as Role Models Scholarship Program

•	Involve women who have made it to the top sponsoring the education of economically disadvantaged girls.

•	Community Development and Empowerment on the girl child: This programme has helped in facilitating community capacity building through training and establishment of local structures, in order for communities to own and be able to sustain programs on their own. Structures fostered within the communities are and will always be conduits for future programming in a way that sustains results. 

•	Girls Empowerment Villages: The Empowerment villages were established in response to a felt need to empower rural girls. The villages serve as information dissemination centres as well as a service provision and relief centres for girls. The goal is to rehabilitate abused rural girls. THE NETWORK   believes that the villages’ activism can contribute to respect for girls’ rights on a broader scale.

These programmes are managed by the programmes coordinator, supported by the Resources Mobilization and Project Monitoring and Finance and Administration units, all under the leadership of the Director, who in turn reports to the board. THE NETWORK   has 15 permanent staff members, 369 volunteer club coordinators in schools, 29 full time volunteers at administrative centers and 10 interns.























1.2	 Project Background

The project proposal is premised in the context of an unfavorable socio-economic environment that has thrown the generality of the The Country  an people into socio - economic deprivation. The country has witnessed a combination of successive bad harvests amid recurrent droughts and poor agricultural policies, which have continued to cause food insecurity. The Poverty Datum Line is currently pegged at Z$41million, yet the majority of the country’s population hardly earns that much. Unemployment rate is estimated at 85%. The inflation rate has skyrocketed over the past months from a reported 813% in March to a record high of over 1 000% in May 2006. The The Country   dollar continues to weaken against the major currencies, a situation that has culminated in the acute shortage of foreign currency and consequently, goods and services that require foreign currency such as fuel, drugs, electricity and food commodities.

The AIDS scourge continue to decimate communities with an estimated toll of 3 000 people per week succumbing to the epidemic. The impact of the AIDS pandemic has been an increase in the Orphans and Vulnerable Children prevalence in the country. There is a 30% OVC prevalence in the country with 75% of them being orphans attributed mainly to the pandemic.

In proposing this project, THE NETWORK is operating within the spirit of mainstream international and domestic policies and strategies in the sector of children’s welfare, that are being implemented to respond to the plight of children. These include the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, the African Charter on the Rights of the Child, Children’s Act (formerly the Children Protection and Adoption Act), the National Orphan Care Policy, the National AIDS Policy, the National Gender Policy, the Guardianship of Minors Act, the Maintenance Act and others relating to birth, death and marriage registration, legal age of consent and majority, sexual offences and inheritance. 

Other programmes targeting children, especially OVC, include the Basic Education Assistance Module (BEAM), the National Strategy on Children in Difficult Circumstances and recently the National Plan of Action for OVC. The implementation of these policies and strategies falls within the armpit of various government line ministries, including Public Service, Labour and Social Welfare, Home Affairs, Health and Child Welfare, and Gender and Women’s Affairs. THE NETWORK   has developed its own policy, the Safe House Policy that basically tackles issues on handling child abuse cases, the admission of survivors into the Girls Empowerment Villages and the conduct of both the children and the child monitors within the Villages. 

In implementing its policy and programmes THE NETWORK  , collaborates with relevant government ministries and departments. Despite all these well-meaning policies, a lot still needs to be done to ensure that children enjoy their full rights in The Country  .
 
This project has been crafted against this background; characterized by the general socio –economic deprivation of the The Country  an people and the OVC in particular. Ignorance of OVC's rights on the part of both the children themselves and their communities has resulted in the abuse of the children. Abuse includes sexual harassment, which leads to, among other things, sexually transmitted diseases, stigmatisation and withdrawal from school. This scenario forces the OVC into the vicious poverty cycle in that, if one is stigmatised and drops out of school, effectively one cannot become economically active.     
This project aims at ensuring that the OVC are not abused and if they are abused, they are rehabilitated and retained in school. These interventions prepare them to become socially and economically active. The full project details are outlined in the section below. 

2	 Project Description

2.1 Project Location and Target Beneficiaries

The project will be implemented in The Community  in the East Province. In targeting the two areas The Network   considered a number of factors that rendered the areas suitable for being the recipients of the project. The factors considered include among others, the gravity of and evidence of the harmful cultural and religious practices and other dimensions of girl child abuse perpetuated in the areas, the poor socio-economic conditions prevailing in the targeted areas, and also the cost-benefit analysis in terms of programming feasibility.

Community One: Based on a Rapid Assessment undertaken by the organisation’s Community Development and Empowerment Programme in the wake of Operation Restore Order, THE NETWORK   realised the need to consider The Community  as a target project Location.  The rapid appraisal revealed that 3,021 girls were out of school due to the impact of the operation on their guardians’ sources of income. The appraisal also noted that, from the informal sector 26,132 people were affected, rendering most people in the dormitory town not only homeless but also jobless. There were 50 households headed by girl children some of which were being forced into prostitution. 

Through the administration of its needs assessment forms, the organisation has recorded 993 cases of children in desperate need of school fees this year. These are orphans and children whose parents/guardians are chronically ill.  Due to the poverty in the area a number of children are forced to drop out of school and engage in menial jobs in order to fend for their families. In this regard the girl child has been the most affected as many of the people still prioritise boy child education over the girl child.

With the HIV/AIDS pandemic not sparing the area, home based care has been taken over by young girls, hence they are forced to drop out of school to look after ailing relatives. Other contributory factors towards the increasing school drop out rate include death of breadwinners, unemployed guardians and lack of sources of income.

In the community, THE NETWORK   has handled at least 6 cases per day, which include cases of rape, forced marriages of minors and virginity testing.  The organisation has also dealt with a number of cases related to girls running away from the forced marriages and other syndicates that employ girls for purposes of prostitution. As such it has been noted that the idleness, unemployment, poverty, high school dropout rate have culminated in the sexual abuse of vulnerable children especially girls.

Community Two: is characteristic of many rural districts. It relies on subsistence agriculture as the major economic activity for the sustenance of its people’s livelihoods. The absence of other viable and sustainable economic activities exerts undue pressure on the populace to force agricultural activities on land that is not conducive for such. As a result, the people produce on a subsistence level; hence they fail to provide for their other non-food needs.  This has affected the community members’ ability to cater for the educational needs of their children. The 2003 Poverty Assessment Study Survey (PASS) has revealed that the region has a Human Poverty Index (HPI) of 40%.  As regards children’s enrolment in school, financial constraints were cited by 70% of the community as the major impediment to enrolment, while other reasons were that children had to work at home and that schools were too far. 

The organisation has received 195 needs assessment forms from children who are all orphans or have chronically ill guardians who have failed to pay their fees for the past two terms. According to an official in the Ministry of Education, there is a 63% school dropout rate in the district due to non-payment of school fees. It also came out through the PASS that there is a total OVC prevalence of 32.6 %. This is only second to xxx with 33.0%.

There are dominant religious and traditional groups in the area that have preserved patriarchal tendencies that have continued to perpetuate gender discrimination and gender based violence against girls and women.  Such a scenario has resulted in rampant sexual abuse of women and young girls. From the cases of abuse received by the organisation, 75 % of them have been related to forced marriages and virginity testing. These have mainly involved the apostolic sects; while some traditional healers who prescribe virgins as cure for AIDS have also been involved in abuse cases.

In summary, poverty, high school dropout rate and child sexual abuse, rape, forced marriages and child prostitution are prevalent in the two areas.

The project will target girls who are below the age of 16, who have always been the target group of the organisation.  It will also target traditional and religious leaders and their groupings/sects that are on record of perpetuating retrogressive and detrimental cultural practices in The Community. They will be targeted through their associations like UDACI and NATHA.



2.2 Statement of the Problem

As described in the section covering project location and target group, THE NETWORK   has realised that, due to lack of awareness on the part of the children and the communities in the target areas, child abuse in all its dimensions is prevalent. There is child abuse going on in the home, school and the community. Girls and communities are socialized in a way that makes them conform to practices that are antithetical to the empowerment and development of girls. Girls have been at the mercy of child sexual abuse perpetrators and, in most cases, some of the cases have been unreported or have been swept under the societal carpet. When children and communities witness the violation of children’s rights they do not know the channels to follow to seek redress.

The girl child’s plight in the target areas is also characterised by high rate of school dropouts, sexual abuse, continued perpetration of harmful cultural practices like forced marriages of minors to older people and virginity testing. 

THE NETWORK   has also noted the absence of child development activities in the targeted areas. These need to be instituted to promote and facilitate the means and ways through which the girl child can be developed.


2.3 Justification of the Project

The Network   believes that carrying out the project will raise community awareness on the negative impact of the harmful cultural and religious practices, and child sexual abuse; especially in the wake of HIV/AIDS.  THE NETWORK   has handled cases of girls who have fallen prey to;
•	sexual abuse perpetrators in the guise of church sanctioned forced marriages,
•	virginity testing, and
•	unfounded prescriptions by traditional healers that having sex with a virgin cures AIDS. 

Campaigns and workshops will in turn contribute towards reducing cases of abuse against the girl child. 

It has been realised that girls who fall victim to the atrocities are mostly orphaned and vulnerable girls, some of whom end up living outside family environments and in some cases engaging in prostitution to survive, whilst in the process risk contracting life ending diseases. This has been a result of lack of proper community based mechanisms that prevent such a scenario. THE NETWORK   therefore, feels that putting in place community based strategies through setting up Child Monitoring Committees will ameliorate the predicament of orphaned and vulnerable girls in the targeted communities.

Furthermore and related to this, girls who are out of school are more vulnerable to perpetrators of girl child sexual abuse than those in school. With the statistics of school dropouts so appalling, there is need to put measures in place to reinstate and retain the vulnerable young girls in school. It is against this background that The Network   has seen the urgent need to provide for their school fees and other non-educational needs that keep them in school.  

Awareness campaigns aim at raising knowledge levels, with the objective of exposing and dealing with cases of abuse, which scare off potential perpetrators of such acts. Survivors of abuse will be rehabilitated and reintegrated with their families and communities. As such there will be need to ensure that the rehabilitated survivors do not fall into the same circumstances. In this regard THE NETWORK   has found it imperative to undertake case follow-ups and home visits to ascertain the condition of the rehabilitated girls. This will culminate in the complete rehabilitation of survivors and consequently protecting them from further cases of child sexual abuse and HIV/AIDS.

THE NETWORK  ’s empowerment of orphaned and vulnerable girls and their protection from such cases as child sexual abuse, harmful cultural and religious practices and HIV/AIDS will not be complete without the involvement of Girls Empowerment Villages. These have proved to be capable sanctuaries for abused girls.  In this respect THE NETWORK   would want to complete the construction of the outstanding structures so that they can effectively accommodate and rehabilitate the survivors from the project areas. Although they may not be located in the proposed project arrears, survivors identified from project areas will be accommodated at these villages to ensure that they are away from the scenes of their abuse, until the cases have gone through the courts. After 3-6 months the survivors will be reintegrated into their original communities and families. It is on this basis that THE NETWORK   proposes to complete the construction of villages. This will effectively prepare them for reintegration after having their confidence and self-esteem restored.






















2.4	 Project Goal, Objectives and Strategies

2.4.1 Overall Project Goal

To facilitate the protection, empowerment and alleviation of suffering of orphaned and vulnerable girls in one rural district and one high-density suburb of The Country  .

This will be achieved through the implementation of the following strategy


2.4.2 Project Strategy 

In implementing the project The Network   will employ
•	Community Education and Advocacy, and also 
•	OVC Support and Protection 
as the strategies.

Community Education and Advocacy: The Community Education and Advocacy strategy will involve
•	raising awareness among community members and children on harmful traditional and religious practices, and
•	lobbying the groups/sects still practicing them to realise how the practices violate children’s rights and increase children’s vulnerability to child sexual abuse and HIV infection.
This will be done through the awareness campaigns and workshops.

Targeting children only without targeting the perpetrators will leave gaps and room for resistance as the groups/sects will not be conscious of the detriment of their traditional and religious practices. Prior measures to eradicate the harmful practices have tended to focus on children instead of a holistic approach that includes the community stakeholders. 

OVC Support and Protection: OVC Support and Protection strategy involves putting in place measures to;
•	respond to the needs of OVC to reduce their vulnerability and 
•	mitigate the impact of the problems they face such as dropping out of school, child sexual abuse, lack of psychosocial support systems and rehabilitation facilities for survivors of violations of children’s rights.
THE NETWORK   has realised that for effectiveness this will require such measures as provision of school fees, uniforms, stationery, sanitary ware, temporary shelter, management of child abuse cases, and rehabilitation and reintegration of survivors of abuse.

THE NETWORK   will ensure the participation of both children and community members through the Child Monitoring Committees that comprise community leaders, school authorities, law enforcement agents including the courts, social welfare officers and child monitors and girls clubs.


2.4.3 Specific Objectives and activities  

In undertaking the activities as highlighted, the project seeks to achieve the following specific objectives;


 
Objectives	Results/Outputs	Activities 
1.	To raise level of awareness of 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 200 traditional and church leaders and 500 other community members on the dangers and risks associated with harmful religious and cultural practices and child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS.
	&#61561;	500 OVC sensitized on the their rights and the dangers of detrimental cultural and religious practices, and child sexual abuse.
&#61561;	200 traditional and church leaders sensitized
&#61561;	500 community members sensitized on the dangers of detrimental cultural and religious practices and child sexual abuse 
&#61561;	2 Child Monitoring Committees set up and actively functioning
	&#61561;	Conduct 2 community awareness campaigns against harmful religious and cultural practices in the districts 
&#61561;	Conduct 2 children’s awareness campaigns on their rights and against harmful religious and cultural practices and child abuse in the districts
&#61561;	Conduct 2 workshops targeting traditional and church leaders.
&#61561;	Setting up Child Monitoring Committees
2.	To reinstate and retain into school 100 orphaned and vulnerable girls in 2 districts within a year. 	&#61561;	 100 girls reinstated and provided with school fees, uniforms, stationery and sanitary ware.
&#61561;	20 Psycho social support groups for reinstated girls set up through girls’ clubs in school	&#61561;	Identification and selection of beneficiaries
&#61561;	Provision of school fees, uniforms, stationery and sanitary ware to girls in 2 districts.
&#61561;	Hold termly girls’ club meetings and counseling sessions
3.	To alleviate the suffering of girls at risk and in difficult circumstances through the management of 100 reported cases and effective rehabilitation and reintegration of 75 survivors.  
	&#61561;	100 families counseled on the need to respect the rights of the girl child and to create safer homes for girls
&#61561;	100 girls provided with basic needs to support their full growth and development 
&#61561;	Foster parenting systems created

&#61561;	75 girls at risk and in difficult circumstances escaping violence from the home, school and community in two districts offered temporary shelter 
&#61561;	2 bedrooms constructed at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	1 kitchen constructed at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	100 girls trained in confidence building and life survival skills.

	&#61561;	Compile a list of names of girls to be rehabilitated with families and foster homes
&#61561;	Carry out case reporting, follow up/home visits on sexually abused, orphaned and vulnerable girls reintegrated with families and foster homes to check on their growth and development 
&#61561;	Provide food, medication, temporary shelter, subsistence to girls


&#61561;	Construct 2 girls’ bedrooms at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	Construct kitchen at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	Train girls in Empowerment Villages in confidence building and life survival skills
4.	To strengthen the monitoring and evaluation capacity of THE NETWORK   to improve program performance.	&#61561;	1 laptop purchased
&#61561;	Local Area Networking equipment and accessories installed and functional
&#61561;	3 M & E visits
&#61561;	1 Stakeholders Monitoring and Evaluation Workshop conducted 	&#61561;	Source quotations and purchase equipment


&#61561;	Carry out M &E visits
&#61561;	Conduct a Stakeholders Evaluation Workshop

Attached is a detailed logical framework matrix for further details on the project. 
3. Project Management 

3.1 Project Activity Plan

ACTIVITIES	Months
	
Responsibility
	1   	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	
•	Conduct two OVC awareness campaigns on their rights and against harmful religious and cultural practices and child abuse in the districts		X			X								Programs Coordinator
•	Conduct two workshops targeting traditional and church leaders			X	X									Programs Coordinator
•	Conduct two community awareness campaigns against harmful religious and cultural practices in the districts	X		X										Programs Coordinator
•	Setting up Child Monitoring Committees			X	X									Programs Coordinator
•	Identification and selection of beneficiaries	X												Programs Coordinator
•	Pay school fees and facilitate girls reinstatement into formal school	X				X				X				Programs Coordinator
•	Provision of sanitary ware 			X			X			X			X	Programs Coordinator
•	Hold girls’ club meetings 			X				X			X			Programs Coordinator 
•	Home visits and Case Follow ups	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	Programs Coordinator 
•	Construct 2 girls’ bedrooms at  Girls Empowerment Village			X	X	X	X							Finance and Administration Manager, Programmes Coordinator.
•	Construct kitchen at Girls Empowerment Village				X	X	X	X						Finance and Administration Manager, Programmes Coordinator
•	Provide food, medication, subsistence and temporary shelter.  
	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	Centre Manager
•	Confidence building and life survival skills training				X				X			X		Programs Coordinator
•	Acquisition and Installing of M & E equipment	X	X											Finance and Administration Manager
•	M & E visits					X			X			X		Director, M and E Manager
•	Stakeholders Evaluation Workshop											
X		M and E Manager
 



3.2	 Project Implementation Management

THE NETWORK   has the capacity to manage the proposed activities through its existing structures and programmes.  Area Coordinators will be in charge of activities on the ground.  The project activities will be the responsibility of the organisation’s different departments. In this case the involved programs will be;
•	The Target Beneficiary Protection and Emergency responsible for all rehabilitation activities,
•	Community Development and Empowerment in charge of all community based programs and
•	the Girls Empowerment Clubs program taking care of all girls’ club activities.
•	The Finance and Administration Manager will be in charge of finances and all other administrative issues in terms of providing resources and support to programmes.

All Area Coordinators will report to the Director who is overally in charge of the running of THE NETWORK   programmes.  The Director in turn reports to the organisation’s board, and the donor.  The Director will also play a monitoring role to project staff. 

3.3 Financial Management

The Network   has functional administrative and accounting policies and procedures in place. These ensure efficient and effective accounting of all income accruing to the organization and expenses incurred thereafter. The Network   produced an accounting policies and procedures manual in December 2002 after extensive consultations with all its internal and external stakeholders. This process culminated in the production of user-friendly manual which regulates all THE NETWORK  `s financial transactions. This has helped THE NETWORK   manage all its income more effectively.
 
THE NETWORK   has a computerized accounting system. THE NETWORK   receives funding from different sources and separate accounts are maintained for each specific funder in the pastel accounting system. All income accruing to THE NETWORK   is deposited in its bank account first before any expenses are incurred. THE NETWORK   has an internal control system, which verifies expenditures to be incurred against the agreed budget with a particular funder before payment is approved for any program. Expenditures incurred are verified against invoices and receipts thus justifying financial resources used for a particular program. This process has ensured that THE NETWORK   manages its financial resources more efficiently.

The accounting and internal control systems of THE NETWORK   are reviewed annually by a firm of Chartered Accountants, which audits the financial statements of the organisation.


3.4 Project Sustainability 

Community and beneficiary participation remain key operational components of THE NETWORK   mode of operation.  Through the active involvement of communities in project implementation, ownership is fostered, as they know that it is their project, rather than a THE NETWORK   project for them. Project ownership is both an end in it self and a means to an end.  If there is ownership, sustainability is achievable.  The project beneficiaries will work hard to ensure that they sustain results of the project because they will be identifying with it as their project.

In the proposed project, community ownership and, consequently, project sustainability is promoted in the following ways;
•	Setting up Child Monitoring Committees will promote sustainability, as they will remain functional even after the end of the project. 
•	Club coordinators are people who work in the communities, who have come to be part of the community and who can easily identify with the local people.
•	Local leaders are the point of entry and they are given the task of mobilizing other community members, and 
•	The girls through their clubs will identify more with the project and ensure project activities continue at the end of the project. 

Conducting the awareness campaigns first, is key to the success of the project. It does not only inform the community and the OVC about the rights of the girl child and the impact of harmful practices on the girl child. It also prepares them to change their behaviour. This is a better way of managing change, as opposed to implanting a project, before preparing the community for the change. 

 3.5 Monitoring and Evaluation 

THE NETWORK   developed a number of monitoring tools that are used by the Monitoring and Evaluation Program Manager and the Finance and Administration Manager for programme and financial monitoring. The Director and the M&E Manager carry out project monitoring regularly. This helps in reshaping programmes and activities to ensure that they remain focused on real problems and that they are of direct benefit to beneficiaries. 

Each program submits a monthly report to the Director based on program activities implemented as per Workplan. These will then be consolidated into quarterly and annual reports that will be forwarded to the funding partners. 

Club coordinators also produce their reports, which capture the girls’ activities and submit them to the responsible program managers. 

Girls also submit their reports at their Girls National Executive termly meetings. Program activity reports are submitted to the girls countrywide through the Newsflash. Each program has a set of monitoring tools.  There are monthly staff performance appraisals to check adherence to policy. 

Internal evaluation is done through report assessments. Before reports are submitted to the Director the Programme Coordinator, Finance Manager and the Monitoring and Evaluation Manager (M&E) check them. The M and E Manager checks on adherence to reports format, recommends issues for future programming and prepares feedback for progress and program planning. 

Evaluation at THE NETWORK   is ongoing as there are programme evaluation data forms that are used to gather data from beneficiaries after each and every programme. Periodically, independent external evaluators are hired to evaluate overall organizational performance and whether stated goals and expected outcomes are being met as well as the overall quality of work being produced. This is usually agreed between THE NETWORK   and the Funding Partner. Stakeholders would be called in to evaluate the project through a workshop towards its end and results from all evaluation exercises will be sent to the funding partner.

However for effective monitoring and evaluation of programmes there is need for computers, which in turn need to be networked through the Local Area Network. This will lead to the timeous flow of programmes data and information.

3.6 Project Reporting
 
THE NETWORK   compiles program or activity reports after the implementation of every programme/activity.  These will then be compiled into one narrative report that will be submitted to the funder after every six months or as per the funding partner’s reporting requirements.  At the end of this project a comprehensive narrative report accompanied by a financial statement will be submitted. Reporting provides information for programme decision-making and for meeting the information requirements of donors.

In addition, THE NETWORK   has an “In Touch Newsflash” that keeps its funding partners updated on all the programmes and activities in its areas of operation. THE NETWORK   has a reputation of sharing its experiences in project implementation with funding partners; hence it will also update funding partners on any matters of interest and those that will strengthen the funding relationship.  











4.THE NETWORK   Funding Partners

Below is a list of partners who have funded THE NETWORK   projects since 2003, and the amounts involved.


Funding Partner	Total Grant	Duration	Purpose of funding	Comments/Impact
One	Euro 426 000	February 2003-February 2006	Programs and Administration	Through the three-year marriage that ended in September 2005, and is expected to be extended, the results of the empowerment of the girl child were remarkable. The Evaluation Report confirms this.
two	CAD 72 183.96- 
15% contribution for administration costs.	February 2003-April 2005	Program of action on issues affecting the girl child in The Country  	The project was successfully implemented and a Stakeholders Consultative Workshop was undertaken to assess the impact of the project in the areas of operation.  The project contributed immensely especially to the change in attitude towards the girl child in the 5 areas of operation especially as shown by the commitment pledged by traditional and religious leaders to work with THE NETWORK   in eradicating the abuse of girls institutionalized in their sects.  
Three	US$ 30 000 -
5% contribution to cover administration costs
	November 2004-October 2006
	Safe village program on empowerment of the rural girl child and institutional development	The project that is currently running has produced remarkable results in rehabilitation of survivors of all forms of abuse. With the grant the Empowerment has been turned into a safe and reliable sanctuary for abused girls. 
Four	US$ 48 000	July 2004- June 2006
	Empowering Girls through Education and Economic Programs	The project is located in xxx and just like the Girls Empowerment the project has contributed to the successful rehabilitation of survivors of all forms of abuse at Girls Empowerment Village. Besides that it also involves the empowerment of girls through THE NETWORK  ’s various programmes. 
Five	US $ 24 000	October 2004-September 2006	Economic Empowerment through Self-Help and Humanitarian Aid	This is a project that is aimed at empowering girls and communities to cope up with their disadvantaged backgrounds. Its impact is very positive.
six	US$ 5000.00	November 2004- April 2005
	Security for THE NETWORK   Personnel and at The Community  offices	The project cycle has since ended and it should be noted that the grant contributed immensely to security improvements within the organisation and also to the security of THE NETWORK   Staff.
seven	US $ 4 000.00	November 2004-October 2005	Documentation and Dissemination of THE NETWORK   Information	The one off grant has already been exhausted. Results so far include a website for the organisation and a musical album orchestrated by the girls themselves already launched and on the mainstream market. The grant also saw the production of a documentary that chronicles the work of the organisation since its inception
Eight	US$40 000.00	January 2003 to December 2005	School fees for primary school girls	The grant was mainly and specifically for reinstatement of disadvantaged girls into school. It was through this grant that the organisation reinstated more than 1000 girls into school.
Nine	15 000 pounds	October 2005-October 2006	HIV and AIDS Prevention, Mitigation and Support for the girl child in District, The Country  .

	Implementation of the project is already underway in the district. It will go along way in mitigating the impact of HIV and AIDS on the girl child
ten 	US$54 050	April 2006-June 2007	Community Empowerment and HIV and AIDS Prevention, Mitigation and Support in districts The Country  .	Implementation of the project is already underway in twp districts focusing on HIV prevention, mitigation and support.
eleven	US37 500	March 2006-April 2007	Institutional Capacity Building and Area Coordinators Security	The project has immensely contributed to the organization`s staff capacity and ensured that it effectively implements programmes
twelve	US$127 000	July 2005-August 2006	Reunification and Reintegration of Children living on the streets.

Community Based Response Strategy for OVC	The projects are currently running and has contributed to rehabilitation of girls who used to live and work in the streets and capacitating child protection committees and are joint initiatives with Streets Ahead and Childline and also Child Protection Society and Family Support Trust 
thirteen	US$4 000	August ~November 2005	Community based approach Campaign Against Domestic Violence and Harmful Cultural Practices	This is a short term project still running that seeks to deconstruct the perception of longstanding cultural practices that have perpetuated gender based violence in all its dimensions with the girl child as the ultimate victim.
fourteen	Z$160 000 000.00	June-September 2005	Response 	This was a one off project that was tailor made to offer relief aid to people affected by Operation Restore Order. A report has since been produced on how the project was implemented and submitted. 
fifteen	EURO 5 000	July-October 2005	Response through sanitary facilities, food and child abuse prevention	Implementation is already completed.  This was yet another effort to alleviate the widespread effects of 'Operation Restore Order'. Through the grant the organisation was able to make preventive efforts as the operation increased girls’ vulnerability to child abuse.
Oxfam	US$43 000	September 2005	Response to ORO	The project was geared towards providing relief aid and rehabilitating people especially girls affected by the clean up campaign (Operation Restore Order) through provision of sanitation and sanitary facilities.


5.	Bank Details


THE NETWORK   has four (4) bank accounts where grants from different funders are deposited. There are four signatories to the bank accounts. These consist of the Director, Finance Manager and two members of THE NETWORK  `s Board of Directors. 




 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>14 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='14'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >multinational HIV Aids work
HIV/AIDS 
Action Now for Healing Tomorrow  </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This proposal outlines the need for funding to assist HIV/AIDS programming ICA’s paramount approach to attacking this and other community crises has been tried and tested in many countries.  The existing ICA programs are well-established in the field and are already helping many to come to grips with the HIV/AIDS epidemic. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >multinational HIV Aids work
HIV/AIDS 
Action Now for Healing Tomorrow 
Index

	Page no.
A.  Executive Summary	1
B.  ICA —Our
      Strengths
C.  The Crisis	4

5
D.  Issues specific to area
E.  ICA Programs	7
11
F.  Help – Why US, Why ICA
G.  Funding and Support Requirements
H.  Monitoring, Evaluation &
      Accountability

Appendix 1: 
ICA Existing and Planned Programs	
       
	1.	Micro-Credit Financing
2.	Employment Skills Training
3.	Infrastructure Development
4.	Agricultural Training
5.	HIV/AIDS Testing, Counselling and Counsellor Training
6.	Youth HIV/AIDS Prevention
7.	Home Based Care
8.	Literacy: Functional and Legal
9.	ToP Training	i
	
	
	
A.	EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Institute of Cultural Affairs (ICA) is a registered charity that works with individuals and organisations to build communities and partnerships that promote a sustainable and just society..

This proposal outlines the need for funding to assist HIV/AIDS programming ICA’s paramount approach to attacking this and other community crises has been tried and tested in many countries.  The existing ICA programs are well-established in the field and are already helping many to come to grips with the HIV/AIDS epidemic.

The philosophy of ICA is to maximize the participation of people in the process of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole. ICA helps people help themselves. This is done by working at the grassroots level with active involvement of the local population to attack the issues that most affect them. ICA organisations are autonomous, with local decisions made at the local level in order to best address situations relevant to various regions. Programs are focused on specific areas to help ensure sustainable success.

With significant attention given to HIV/AIDS, considerable resources have been mustered to fight this overwhelming crisis. While the disease is still here, a great deal of progress has been made in the battle for those living with HIV/AIDS.  Many infected people would have already died prior to these advances, but are now continuing to live fulfilling, purposeful lives.

In the developing world, HIV/AIDS continues to ravage the population. The disease continues to decimate families and communities with 2.4 million AIDS deaths and 3.2 million new infections annually.  

The soaring rates of HIV/AIDS deaths and infections serve to exacerbate the already serious problem of poverty, create millions of orphans, and undermine the existing yet tenuous progress that has been achieved over the past few decades. The AIDS crisis literally threatens the entire region. Furthermore, the worst is yet to come.  It is estimated that there will be as many as 40 million AIDS orphans by 2010, and as many as 90 million AIDS deaths by 2025.

The problems outlined are intensified for a number of reasons. Even without HIV/AIDS, extreme poverty results in tenuous and primitive health care that is often inaccessible or simply non-existent in many areas. AIDS drugs are prohibitively expensive. The HIV/AIDS crisis simultaneously reduces the number of people in the workforce while it increases the need for care of those infected, resulting in a vicious spiral. Yet another consequence of widespread poverty is lack of education, resulting in poor job skills, inability to feed one’s family, insufficient funding for health care and ignorance about HIV/AIDS. Poverty and lack of education have driven many women into prostitution, creating another channel for the spread of disease. 

Social and cultural factors also play a part in the grasp the disease has on the people.  Fear of being ostracized by their family and community leads to silence and denial from those infected, contributing further to the stigma surrounding HIV/AIDS.  This shame prevents many from getting tested, adding to the proliferation of HIV/AIDS.  The extreme patriarchal customs throughout many parts of the region hold women as little more than objects; this, combined with widespread male promiscuity, is a further cause of the relentless spread of the virus.   

While many government and non-government organisations are providing some aid and assistance, it is clearly inadequate. UNAID believes that there will be an $18 billion shortfall in funding in the next two years alone. Financial support must come from all realms, particularly the wealthy Western world. Some countries have the means to provide assistance through its combination of wealth, resources, democratic society, education, modern technology and advanced health care expertise.

ICA has committed to addressing the HIV/AIDS issue through a collaboration with the ICA organizations.   ICA will assist at the local level to plan programs, develop networks and infrastructure, and above all, to provide funding to implement the plans.  The target is to raise xxx in the first year (2006), xxx in the second year (2007), and xxx in the third year (2008). 

This is a call to action for donors and sponsorships to provide financial support towards this crucial collaboration.  Monetary assistance is required to supplement support programs between global and local ICA’s, to implement capacity building initiatives, and to provide direct expertise and other assistance in the field. 

If nothing is done, this crisis will continue to ravage, threatening to wipe out an entire continent.  ICA has a plan and intends to take action against this crisis.   Support from all spheres of the community, including corporate sponsorship, government funding, and individual donations will make a critical difference.  Action now will bring healing tomorrow.


B.  	ICA:  INSTITUTE OF CULTURAL AFFAIRS—OUR STRENGTHS
The Institute of Cultural Affairs (ICA) is a registered charity that works with individuals and organisations to build communities and partnerships that promote a sustainable and just society. Individual ICA’s are governed and managed by local citizens who are best informed of cultural considerations, local needs and program efficiencies and effectiveness. As a result, all decisions are made locally within each region of each country.

The central focus of the ICA mandate is to maximise participation of people in the process of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole, helping communities and individuals help themselves. This is accomplished at the grassroots level with active involvement from local populations.  While planning and strategic development facilitation are key components to the work of ICA, significant indicators of success also include tangible achievements in the field following such planning. 

ICA has been actively involved in HIV/AIDS work for 5 years, cooperating with local people to establish practical programs that address the local and regional issues directly. These programs are continuously being developed and expanded in order to best meet the needs of those they serve.  Programs are generally positioned in two or three specific districts in each country in order to make the best use of minimal funding and bring about the greatest impact to those regions involved.  A complete list of successful initiatives for each country and theme is included in Appendix 1.

As a well established player in the HIV/AIDS humanitarian field, ICA continues to develop relationships with other major stakeholders in the international arena.  IAt the most concrete level, all ICA’s collaborate with national and local governments, non-government agencies, and local businesses in the field. 

With its well founded history, existing collaborations and grassroots philosophy, ICA continues to establish itself and build a reputation as an effective catalyst for action.
 

C.	THE CRISIS
AIDS is a devastating disease. HIV/AIDS has justifiably received much publicity as notable successes have been achieved in the prevention and treatment of it.  As alarming as the situation is, it pales in comparison to the HIV/AIDS infection and death rates in other regions. To describe the situation as a crisis is an understatement, and it would not be an exaggeration to suggest that the whole continent is at risk of succumbing to this disease.


The sub-Saharan region of Africa is home to just 10% of the world’s population, but has 60% of the world’s HIV infections. Families are decimated, millions are dead and millions more are orphaned. Statistics tell just a part of the story as the true nature of the tragedy can only be understood through witnessing the devastation first hand.

In 2005 there were 2.4 million AIDS deaths in the region and 3.2 million new infections, outrageous numbers.  Officially, there are 26 million people living with HIV/AIDS the region, but official statistics are considered by many to be unreliable because of poor measuring, political influence and underreporting due to the social stigma of the disease.  It is believed that the infection rate could be as much as 50 percent higher than is currently reported.













AIDS has ravaged with predictions from most experts that the conditions have yet to reach their worst – a scary thought in light of the current statistics.  Despite high birth rates common in this part of the world, it is estimated that populations in a number of countries in this region will begin to decline solely due to the AIDS crisis by the year 2010. UNICEF calculates that there will be 40 million AIDS orphans by the year 2010. UNAID has forecast the impact over the next 20 years.  The best-case scenario expects a steady increase in deaths until 2012 when a plateau is reached, followed by a modest decline thereafter; the worst-case scenario foresees continuing devastation and some 90 million deaths by 2025. 






The following chart illustrates clearly the impact of AIDS on life expectancy in the region. Progress achieved over the last 100 years has been wiped out in less than a decade.




Life expectancy continues to drop. life expectancy rate in the region in 2010 is forecast to drop to 36.5 years, the same level as England experienced in the 1700s.  







D.	ISSUES SPECIFIC
The status of one of the poorest regions in the world, even prior to the AIDS epidemic, renders it wholly inadequate to supply the required resources necessary to combat the ravaging disease. Hospitals are few and far between in many areas; those that do exist are ill equipped to handle even the most basic matters, let alone AIDS victims. Often transported via rudimentary means, such as by foot with the help of relatives, the people that are able to access a hospital at all are considered lucky.  These underdeveloped hospitals are only able to supply modest relief of suffering, providing a slight delay in the inevitable death of the AIDS victims that do arrive.  Sadly, many will never leave their villages to access these sporadic hospitals and will die without any modern treatment or support whatsoever.  

Typical of the problem is a lack or a severe shortage of AIDS drugs in most countries of the region. Due to the nature of the virus, particularly its ability to mutate rapidly and produce drug-resistant strains, it has not yet been possible to develop an effective vaccine; nevertheless, the existing HIV/AIDS drugs have had considerable success in delaying the onset of AIDS in HIV-infected individuals. The drugs serve to prolong life, reduce the suffering of those living with AIDS, and lessen the likelihood of passing the virus on, particularly between women and their foetuses and babies. 

Until recently, few to none of these remedies had been available to developing countries.  While stiff competition among pharmaceutical manufacturers and some international aid has resulted in a modest supply of drugs, the provisions remains woefully inadequate. A combined World Health Organization/UNAIDS estimate shows that only 800,000 of 4.7 million cases in the region are receiving AIDS drugs - a mere 17%.

Inadequate nutrition is another consequence of poverty that impacts the effect of HIV/AIDS on its victims.  Access to proper nutrition is also jeopardized by many societal factors such as ill health, lack of education and poor skills training. Proper nutrition is a fundamental building block of life, essential for successful early childhood development, maternal survival, and participation in school or the workforce.  Poor nutrition in the early years of life can greatly impair cognitive development.  

Lack of education presents multi-faceted challenges. From low levels of education ensue poorly-paying jobs that barely provide for daily survival, let alone self-improvement or HIV/AIDS treatment. The rule of life in many areas is “Don’t get sick because if you do, you will die.”  Low personal income levels result in low government revenues and the inability to fund even the most basic public services such as sanitation or safe water; consequently, AIDS programs are not considered a priority.

Due to a lack of education surrounding HIV/AIDS, many people still do not believe the virus exists.  Of those that do consider it a real threat, many are unaware of how it is passed on or what preventative measures to take.
	
Prostitution is a yet another saddening and devastating consequence of poverty and lack of education.  Many women are forced into prostitution in order to survive and provide for their often single parent families. Rampant in the region, prostitution can be traced along the major roads as truck drivers carry the virus from prostitute to prostitute and then back to their families.  Similarly, healthy prostitutes inevitably contract the disease and pass it on to their own families.  

The problem of HIV/AIDS is exacerbated by poverty and low education levels. As more people contract the disease fewer people are available to work, yet more workers are needed to care for the sick, and eventually, to look after the inevitable and expanding orphan population. As children are taken out of school to replace the dying workforce, the adults (usually women) are forced to fulfill the multiple roles of income earners, childcare providers, household managers, and healthcare workers.  





The basic problems of poverty and its consequences are compounded by the fact that there are many countries, each with its own culture, norms and beliefs.  Important government figures in some countries still deny the existence of HIV/AIDS, even forbidding treatment other than the “acceptable” ancient traditional remedies.  These views are often reinforced through the media.







While a few countries have addressed the problem rationally and have had some success, many countries still choose to devote their meagre resources to the military rather than to health care and infrastructure.  With these divergent issues, a “One size fits all” solution is obviously not feasible.
 
Many countries are very conservative, labelling HIV/AIDS with a terrible social stigma. This results in denial. It is common for a family member to contract AIDS and then hide that fact, ultimately passing the virus on to others in the family. Some have taken the drastic measures of dying without treatment rather than admitting to having what is seen as a shameful infection. This is particularly true of women, who are largely considered second class citizens. The patriarchal attitudes that are still prevalent in many countries pose major obstacles to HIV/AIDS prevention as men rule and women obey.   Polygamy is widely practised and it is not uncommon for wives to be “lent” to visiting male acquaintances for the night. This style of life is conducive to the spread of the virus, and is worsened by widespread promiscuity and use of prostitutes by many men. 

E.	ICA PROGRAMS
The first steps towards combating the ravaging effects of HIV/AIDS have begun in all six of the partner countries.  While some programming is currently taking place, additional support, training, and capacity building in a number of program areas has been identified by the ICA.  The following provides an overview of the main thematic areas of focus that will be implemented or expanded upon over the next 3 years in ICA’s.  Complete details of existing and planned programs relative to each country and theme are outlined in Appendix 1.

1.	Micro-Credit Financing
Stringent requirements associated with approved bank loans in many nations make it difficult for individuals or community groups to access credit financing.  Stable employment and sufficient collateral are beyond the reach of a majority of residents who do not own homes or land, rendering them ineligible for traditional loans.  Without start-up financing, there is little hope of creating venues for economic development and future sustainability.

The micro-credit projects focus on creating opportunities for economic development at the local level. Loans are provided to community-based clubs (approximately 10 members per club) to assist with the generation of economic based activities. Training will be provided to develop community leadership capacity and business management skills so that members become empowered, continuing to work towards economic self-sufficiency. 

2.	Employment Skills Training
Running successful economic ventures enables the micro-credit financing group members to overcome the debilitating effects of poverty.  Without marketable skills, however, the micro-credit training would be ineffectual. Skills training will be implemented to equip unskilled community members with functional and locally relevant skill sets.

3.	Infrastructure Development
ICA recognizes that infrastructure is key to accelerated growth, reduced poverty and enhanced living conditions. Sanitary living conditions and access to clean water are the exception rather than the rule in most areas. ICA will be working towards improved infrastructure through improvement or development of agro-forestry plots, water bore holes, water-shed development, communication and transportation systems.

4.	Agricultural Training
Food security is a major problem in many nations. On the rare occasions where there is an adequate supply, the main food source is maize. Diversification towards an increase in proteins, fruits and vegetables is greatly needed to provide a healthy diet to more citizens.  The diet requirements of “people living with HIV/AIDS” (PLWHA) are more diverse than those of the general population, and proper nutrition is essential in preserving their health and slowing the progression of the disease.  For those undergoing treatment, an adequate diet is necessary to avoid toxicity and maintain the effectiveness of drug therapies.  The goal of the agricultural training projects is to improve both the nutritional quality and quantity of the diets consumed by PLWHA in order to best assist those who have been severely affected by the disease.  

5.	HIV/AIDS Testing, Counselling and Counsellor Training
Directly addressing the prevention of HIV/AIDS will primarily be accomplished by training community members to become HIV/AIDS counsellors. HIV/AIDS counsellors will provide testing and counselling at Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) centers, in informal community care centers and in homes. HIV/AIDS testing exists as the cornerstone of infection rate reductions. ICA’s have begun to address this need in various ways and will continue this work through increased testing, counselling, and counsellor training.

6.	Youth HIV/AIDS Prevention
These projects directly focus on the prevention of HIV/AIDS infections among youth.  Every ICA training program that is provided, whether in leadership, business skills or caretaking, includes a section on HIV/AIDS awareness, prevention and treatment.  The objective is truly grassroots in approach as the youth become the expert ambassadors to healthy living and HIV/AIDS awareness and education throughout numerous communities.

Facilitation training equips youth with the skills to take control of their own lives and share their knowledge with others.  Relevant socio-economic and life skills training will assist them with healthy decision making in all facets of life.  HIV/AIDS education and awareness mobilize youth toward improved sexual health and increased awareness about the prevention of HIV/AIDS.  The culmination of the ongoing training and skill development in facilitation skills will result in each youth team planning and implementing local HIV/AIDS initiatives within their local schools and communities, demonstrating in true form the positive effects youth can have in their own lives and that of their communities when given the opportunity for healthy, meaningful engagement.  

7.	Home Based Care
As HIV/AIDS infected people become too ill to leave their homes, the need for families and community members to become equipped with home-based care skills becomes increasingly important. The majority of families are lacking the knowledge and the most basic medical supplies to provide palliative care for critically ill family members. Home-Based Care training will equip families and community members with the skills to provide basic first-aid care for those ill from HIV/AIDS.  Training will focus on administration of pain-relief medications, bathing procedures, safety methodologies for dealing with bodily fluids, proper nutrition, and provision of comfort to families and individuals infected with or affected by HIV/AIDS.  Along with training, Home-based Care kits will be provided to assist with nutrition, hygiene and comfort to the ill.

8.	Literacy – Functional & Legal
Four out of ten are illiterate, and the consequences are many.  Much of the general public is unable to understand media campaigns promoting safe-sex, HIV/AIDS prevention, family planning, and basic hygiene - all messages intended to stem the HIV/AIDS pandemic and improve public health.   Without the appropriate literacy skills, opportunities for viable income-generating work among 40% of the population, becomes particularly limited.  

Without knowing their rights, women are taken advantage of in a variety of ways. The situation of widows is of great concern especially in light of the HIV/AIDS pandemic. With the death of a man there is a crisis for his nuclear family. The traditional expectation is that his property will return to his family—his brothers, leaving the wife and children without any means of support. The legal systems provide property rights for women. Training in human and legal rights is fundamental to enable women to feed their family and provide a home.

Continuation and enhancement of existing ICA literacy programs will include training in human rights, legal aid, property rights and gender equity.

9.	ICA Technology of Participation (ToP) Training
ToP methods have been central to the basic strategy for building plans and commitment at the village level in all of the partners.  This grassroots training facilitates community capacity building as skills are acquired and advanced to others.  The participatory nature of the training, including Group Facilitation, Strategic Planning and Project Management enhance civil society development throughout the communities, contributing greatly to the future sustainability and self-sufficiency of successful programs and development projects.


F.	HELP –WHY ICA 

The HIV/AIDS crisis is so colossal that by some estimates, annual spending of $10 billion will be required to prevent, contain and comfort. The sizable funding provided by the international community through the United Nations, national governments, government agencies, non-government organizations and private organizations is a fraction of what is actually required. 

The countries themselves devote relatively large amounts of public money to healthcare generally, but regional poverty means that the absolute amounts are pitifully inadequate. For example, in 2003, a country spent 8% of GDP on healthcare,, but this resulted in just $6.63 per sufferer being spent on HIV/AIDS. Not even a drop in the bucket.

With all the benefits of a wealthy civilization, we are privy to a free society within a peaceful democracy.  We have a thriving economy, an abundance of resources, a well educated population, access to modern technology and advanced and accessible medical expertise.  These factors create an ideal combination for providing much needed financial aid and other assistance to meet this crisis head on.

ICA is the ideal vehicle to provide the necessary program expertise and assistance. The programs are as varied as the requirements dictate. We have an excellent network of contacts and collaborators among UN agencies, national and local governments and major NGOs. Lastly, our philosophy is ideal in that it emphasizes the need to maximise the participation of people in the processes of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole.




G.	Funding and Support Requirements

1.	Funding
The existing goal is to raise $xxx,000 in 2006. The basic budget needs for the six partner countries total $830,000 for the year 2006; an additional $320,000 is required for program expansion and new programs, for a total of $1,150,000.   

Funding is requested from a number of sources: locally through the sale of non-charitable services and fundraising, 

  ICA has committed to raising $330,000 for programming in 2006. We expect our fund-raising expense to amount to $20,000 so we need to raise a total of $350,000. 

We have a successful start to the program and so far have secured funding and pledges of $100,000. But obviously we still have some way to go. 

The ICA planning initiatives and respective budget currently spans three years.  Plans include advancement of existing programs, introduction of new ones, and expansion of programming into new regions. 

As plans continue to develop in partnership with local ICA’s, funding requirements are expected to increase significantly, totalling US $5 million by 2008. fund-raising efforts are subsequently targeted at $750,000 for 2007 and $2,000,000 for 2008.


2.	Skills Sharing
Other forms of support, collaboration and direct participation are also requested from interested parties.  The variety of expertise available within sponsoring bodies would prove invaluable if shared directly with partnering African countries, creating opportunities for organizational capacity building and the advancement of civil society development.

To this end, ICA is seeking agencies and corporations who are willing to champion this cause by financially supporting their own delegation of staff and volunteers for short-term assignments, sharing skills and experiencing the situation first-hand.   Local ICA’s have identified expertise and training needs in the following areas:

•	Medical professionals
•	Teachers
•	Agriculturalists
•	Finance, accounting and credit management experts
•	Engineers
•	Lawyers
•	HIV/AIDS counsellors
•	Social workers
•	Non-specialised assistance

This type of skills-sharing program will provide considerable benefit to the participants, the national ICA’s at the organizational level, and the participating population in general.  It provides employers with the opportunity to offer worthwhile service programs and leaves of absence to valuable employees who will also benefit greatly from such an experience.

3.	Local Fundraising Support
Other types of collaboration are needed for fundraising and event sponsorship.  This type of support is endless in variety, including such things as advertising and marketing campaigns, printing services, sponsorship of guest speakers at fundraising events, etc.   

As an example, ICA has been approved as a beneficiary of a Marathon. This affords opportunities for organizations to become involved through participation of employees who run on behalf of ICA, and or to sponsor runners already running for ICA. We are also looking for corporate sponsorship to cover the overhead costs of this event.

In return, ICA will provide speakers about HIV/AIDS and the initiatives for private staff sessions and/or public events at the request of supporting organizations.
 
H. 	Monitoring, Evaluation, and ACCOUNTABILITY

The right philosophy, the right people and the right programs are necessary ingredients for any community development project, but we need to hold ourselves accountable to ensure the level of success that we seek. And we need to hold our local representatives to account as well.

We start by having each country prepare annual and quarterly plans together with a detailed budget. Each will provide a regular quarterly report on its activities and a more comprehensive one at each year-end.

The financial segment of each report will provide statements that track revenues and expenditures against the budget for each program, including the key elements within each program and all non-program expenditures.   An updated full-year estimate, including explanation of all actual and projected variances, will also be provided.  Plans for dealing with adverse variances will be addressed when necessary as the situation dictates.  

The package will also include non-financial statistical data measuring program performance. Key data includes such items as number of new crop trees planted, number of AIDS counsellors trained, number of micro-credit grants made, micro-credit repayment rate, number of people tested, number of home-based care visits, etc. Measurable outcomes will be provided to all donors so that progress can be tracked.

Annual plans, financial budgets, interim and year end reports will be made available to all sponsors.
 

IF NOTHING IS DONE…


“Are human rights just for a few on the planet or are they indeed for all?” – Romeo Dallaire 
ICA PROGRAMMING:  EXISTING & 2006 PLANS

1.	MICRO-CREDIT FINANCING
Stringent requirements associated with approved bank loans in many nations make it difficult for individuals or community groups to access credit financing.  Stable employment and sufficient collateral are beyond the reach of a majority of residents who do not own homes or land, rendering them ineligible for traditional loans.  Without start-up financing, there is little hope of creating venues for economic development and future sustainability.

The micro-credit projects focus on creating opportunities for economic development at the local level. Loans are provided to community-based clubs (approximately 10 members per club) to assist with the generation of economic based activities. Training will be provided to develop community leadership capacity and business management skills so that members become empowered, continuing to work towards economic self-sufficiency. 

Micro-Credit Financing
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Kenya		•	In order to generate some funds to assist with caring for village orphans and others who are sick, income generating projects will be planned and implemented at the village level. 
Area A	•	ICA pays each group back 5% of their original repaid loan to allow members to loan to one another. 
•	20 community income generating groups have been identified and launched in xxx; 10 are currently receiving loans from ICA.
•	25 groups have been identified and trained in yyy and will receive loans this year.  
•	20 groups in yyy have established businesses without loans because they had the Participatory Strategic Planning, Basic Business Skills training and credit management training.
•	400 people have been trained in Basic Business Skills.
•	ICA has given loans amounting to 12 million Shillings to approximately 310 people through the micro-credit scheme.
	•	Provide second loans to renewing groups
•	Increase loans to experienced groups
•	Identify and loan to 10 new Income Generating Groups in xxx
•	Identify and loan to 5 new Income Generating Groups in yyy
•	Provide 3 training events (3 days each with 150 participants) for new members in Basic Business Skills and credit management
•	Provide loan supervision and repayment training 

Area B	•	Implemented successful micro-credit projects specific to the farming industry involving 54 households.
	•	Organize an income generating project in each of the 5 villages in zzz District in the Southern Province.
•	Offer training to members of 15 families in each of 5 villages on income-generation methods.
Zimbabwe	•	25 income generating groups have been launched and have successfully paid back their loans. Significant impact has been made in the lives of approximately 250 families.
	•	Loans will be given to 10 community based women’s clubs (totalling 50 loan disbursements), providing start-up costs for members to initiate income-generating activities.  
•	5 business skills training programs will be launched 
•	4 marketable products skills training programs will be launched
•	10 leadership skills training programs will be launched 
•	A year-end “Market Festival” will be held to host all micro-credit clubs as a venue to display and sell products. 

2.	EMPLOYMENT SKILLS TRAINING
Running successful economic ventures enables the micro-credit financing group members to overcome the debilitating effects of poverty.  Without marketable skills, however, the micro-credit training would be ineffectual. Skills training will be implemented to equip unskilled community members with functional and locally relevant skill sets.

Employment Skills Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area D	•	Through the Widow’s Empowerment Programme, 3 groups have been formed and trained in business management. As a result of the training, each of the 3 groups have established successful businesses, 2 of them are buying and selling cereals and one is buying and selling chickens. 
	
Area A		•	Provide Marketable Skills training in chalk and candle making to 80 community members in the xxx and yyy districts.

Area B	•	Implemented a vocational youth skills training in carpentry, welding, tailoring, bricklaying and poultry production involving 450 youth who were unable to finish school due to lack of school fees in ddd and fff districts.
•	Trained groups of farmers in leadership skills and project management to enable them to register as community based organizations (CBO’s) with legal status to seek their own funding and with the capacity to implement income generating activities, micro-credit, and seed multiplication projects.
	•	Provide 4 Marketable Skills Training workshops including candle making, baking skills, batik making, and perma-culture skills. 100 participants will attend these workshops.








3.	INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT
ICA recognizes that infrastructure is key to accelerated growth, reduced poverty and enhanced living conditions. Sanitary living conditions and access to clean water are the exception rather than the rule in most areas of the six participating nations. Some of the ICA's will be working towards improved infrastructure through improvement or development of agro-forestry plots, water bore holes, communication and transportation systems.

Infrastructure Development
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area C	•	ICA successfully completed an integrated development programme in the nnn District. Eleven water boreholes were dug; and agri-forestry plots established. The program benefited 16,000 people. 
	•	Improve transport and communication for People Living with HIV/AIDS
•	in order to address transportation and communication issues related to the isolation of more rural communities, a health professional will be deployed to the villages once per month to assist PLWHA
•	A medical emergency cell phone (where service is available) will be identified or provided for use at each of the project villages.  
•	The feasibility of a bicycle ambulance service and possibly a medical taxi-service will also be investigated.
•	Collaborate with communities by sharing their considerable expertise and experience related to bore hole locations, costs, and additional requirements.
•	Link communities with appropriate organizations that may be able to provide hands-on support to drill the bore holes.

Area E	•	Introduced culturally acceptable smoke removal interventions such as chimneys, windows, and improved stoves in 150 traditional houses in 9 villages. 
	•	Currently working toward expanding this indoor air pollution project in village homes in the zzz District.
•	Currently working toward providing pure drinking water facilities through introduction of filtering systems.
•	Demonstrating a pit latrine sanitation scheme in several locations to create awareness for improved sanitation. 

Zambia	•	Constructed 37 secure wells in mmm and nnn Districts
•	Constructed 300 toilets
•	Provided sanitation training	•	Improve access of residents in distant villages to the highway, the clinic, ICA and markets



4.	AGRICULTURAL TRAINING
Food security is a major problem in many nations. On the rare occasions where there is an adequate supply, the main food source is maize. Diversification towards an increase in proteins, fruits and vegetables is greatly needed to provide a healthy diet to more citizens.  The diet requirements of “people living with HIV/AIDS” (PLWHA) are more diverse than those of the general population, and proper nutrition is essential in preserving their health and slowing the progression of the disease.  For those undergoing treatment, an adequate diet is necessary to avoid toxicity and maintain the effectiveness of drug therapies.  The goal of the agricultural training projects is to improve both the nutritional quality and quantity of the diets consumed by PLWHA in order to best assist those who have been severely affected by the disease.  

Agricultural Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	In 2004, sustainable agriculture training was given to 420 farmers within 24 groups. 
•	Successfully completed a 3 year programme on food security in ppp District. As a result of this programme, 350 farmers were trained in animal management and organic farming. 	
Area B	•	With the assistance of a funder, farmers are being educated in the planting and cultivation of Allanblackia tress on their current properties to harvest the seeds. The seeds are an excellent alternative resource for making low-cholesterol cooking oil.	•	ICA is using its community base to mobilize the farmers in the process of growing, maturing and harvesting seed yields. 
•	100 farmers will be trained.
•	Estimated 500 trees planted.
Area C	•	Constructed 600 improved storage bins for preserving seed and food crops for individual households.
•	Constructed 75 improved community storage sheds in four different areas for marketing crops.
•	Increased seed multiplication projects in aaa, bbb and ccc districts.
•	Currently undergoing an initiative to improve food supply by teaching village members how to manage, process, preserve, and prepare products from small livestock and vegetable production, primarily chickens, goats, and a variety of vegetables. 	•	Training in nutrition and crop diversification.
•	Education to increase understanding of what makes a healthy diet for PLWHAs.
•	Demonstrate best practices of food production and preparation in the larger community.
•	Comprehensive training in HIV/AIDS prevention education, home based care, nutrition, and food production. 
•	15 families will be selected from each of 5 villages (75 families) based on one or more of the following criteria: having one or more orphans, a female-headed or child-headed household, or having people living with HIV/AIDS.

5.	HIV/AIDS TESTING, COUNSELLING AND COUNSELLOR TRAINING
Directly addressing the prevention of HIV/AIDS will primarily be accomplished by training community members to become HIV/AIDS counsellors. HIV/AIDS counsellors will provide testing and counselling at Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) centers, in informal community care centers and in homes. HIV/AIDS testing exists as the cornerstone of infection rate reductions. The partner ICA’s have begun to address this need in various ways and will continue this work through increased testing, counselling, and counsellor training.

HIV/AIDS Testing, Counselling and Counsellor Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
area A	•	A major campaign was held in 2004 on prevention of HIV/AIDS. 
•	40 people were voluntarily tested during the campaign.
•	District personnel, assisted by ICA trainers continually provide training in counselling and home-based care.	•	2 counsellors trained in each of 44 villages (88 counsellors total) to assist PLWHA and those who learn that they are HIV positive. 
•	Initiate a mobile VCT program and HIV/AIDS training for additional villagers to provide a support system for people living with HIV/AIDS and their caregivers at the local level.
•	90 additional villagers throughout 6 villages will receive 3 days of HIV/AIDS prevention education, 1 day of counsellor training, and 1 day of home care training.
•	Continued weekly group meetings in villages for self-management of PLWHA.  
Area B	•	Started free pre-counselling, testing and post counselling in 2003. 500+ people tested  
•	Trained 106 community HIV/AIDS counsellors from 23 villages to provide HIV/AIDS and general health counselling. 
•	60 HIV/AIDS counsellors trained in Handeni.
•	Four information exchange forums organized in xxx district, with more than 90 HIV/AIDS counsellors in attendance.
•	Distribution of 70,000 condoms per 3 months.	•	Set up a new VCT center. 
•	Provide greater access to VCT services (via the new center), condoms and ARV supplies.
•	Equip the VCT’s with new testing equipment and hire a new VCT counsellor
•	Provide HIV/AIDS community counsellor training in 2 new areas 
•	Provide HIV/AIDS awareness training for traditional healers—4days of training for 40 traditional healers.

Area C	•	Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) implemented at zzz Rural Health Clinic.
•	112 people tested in 10 months, with approximately 75% positive for HIV/AIDS.
	•	HIV/AIDS testing and counselling will be made available to 15 families from each of five villages (75 families total) selected for a new research and demonstration project.
•	Comprehensive training and care for families with an orphan, a female-headed or child-headed household, or with PLWHA.
Area D	•	Through the Youth Friendly Corner, ICA is initiating regularly scheduled HIV/AIDS testing and counselling services.	•	Provide 10 HIV/AIDS training events
•	Establish an HIV/AIDS testing camp

6.	YOUTH HIV/AIDS PREVENTION
These projects directly focus on the prevention of HIV/AIDS infections among youth.  Every ICA training program that is provided, whether in leadership, business skills or caretaking, includes a section on HIV/AIDS awareness, prevention and treatment.  The objective is truly grassroots in approach as the youth become the expert ambassadors to healthy living and HIV/AIDS awareness and education throughout numerous communities.

Facilitation training equips youth with the skills to take control of their own lives and share their knowledge with others.  Relevant socio-economic and life skills training will assist them with healthy decision making in all facets of life.  HIV/AIDS education and awareness mobilize youth toward improved sexual health and increased awareness about the prevention of HIV/AIDS.  The culmination of the ongoing training and skill development in facilitation skills will result in each youth team planning and implementing local HIV/AIDS initiatives within their local schools and communities, demonstrating in true form the positive effects youth can have in their own lives and that of their communities when given the opportunity for healthy, meaningful engagement.  

Youth HIV/AID Prevention
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	24 community groups (240 people) were trained for 5 days on behaviour changes, such as methods of reducing the spread of HIV virus.
•	4 ICA staff members were trained in Positive Self Management programmes on HIV/AIDS. The staff then facilitated this training for 36 people living with HIV/AIDS in the city and region.	
Area B	•	Currently initiating a pilot program which mobilizes youth in three schools as a research and demonstration project to stop the spread of the disease in the future. 
•	Students will be trained in interactive communication and leadership skills.
•	These students will then design and implement their own program to inform their fellow students about HIV/AIDS. 	•	Train leaders and peer-education teams (50 peer-educators trained) that will influence their peers, families and communities with the message of HIV/AIDS prevention (5000 students impacted).
•	Train students in other areas of life such as leadership development, basic hygiene, human sexuality, personal development planning, and youth empowerment through agro-business and mentoring.
•	Equip youth with communication skills and leadership skills
•	Create health teams in 5 schools
Area D	•	ICA has been involved with HIV/AIDS work since 2002 with their youth program, Youth as Facilitative Leaders (YFL)
•	The project trains students in participatory facilitation skills (including assertiveness and communication skills), HIV/AIDS prevention, gender equity, abuse of children and women, drug awareness, sustainable community building in schools, peer education, and the development of life skills. 
•	To date, more than 1,000 young people have been informed about HIV/AIDS through ICA trainings.	•	Focus on 4 areas to engage youth as social change agents in their schools and communities.  
•	Develop YFL teams among 8 school systems and 2 youth groups.  
•	10 training sessions in participatory facilitation skills (including communications and assertiveness skills)
•	10 training sessions in HIV/AIDS (including issues of gender equity, teen pregnancy, and violence against women)
•	Facilitate 10 action plans with youth teams (8 from schools, 2 from youth groups)
•	Monitor and evaluate implementation of action plans
Area E	•	School outreach activities offered HIV/AIDS education to 1380 students from 2 secondary and 2 primary schools.
	•	Equip local youth, men and women, traditional healers, and local leaders with knowledge of HIV/AIDS through school awareness campaigns and leadership training.
•	Create 10 student HIV/AIDS clubs in Secondary Schools
•	Set up four education scholarships for girls to complete full Secondary School education.
Area F	•	A major pillar of the existing prevention thrust is the Youth Friendly Corner (YFC) programme, which provides HIV/AIDS prevention education, counselling and training, and condom distribution to young people in a youth-friendly environment. 
	•	6 additional YFC’s will be developed.  
•	Libraries will be incorporated into 2 of the new YFC’s. 
•	A new Resource Center will expand services of the YFC by also offering regularly scheduled HIV/AIDS testing, access to counselling, an extensive library, and an internet café.  
•	Annual training in leadership, management, and HIV/AIDS education will be offered at various YFC locations for youth.  
•	As part of the sustainability plan for the centers, 30 youth will participate in technical training geared towards eventual management of the YFC’s by youth themselves.  
•	Increased self-esteem and valuable skills will result from participation of youth in the planning and implementation of the celebratory “Youth Friendly Centers’ Annual Gala & Sports Tournament”.



7.	HOME BASED CARE PROGRAM
As HIV/AIDS infected people become too ill to leave their homes, the need for families and community members to become equipped with home-based care skills becomes increasingly important. The majority of families are lacking the knowledge and the most basic medical supplies to provide palliative care for critically ill family members. Home-Based Care training will equip families and community members with the skills to provide basic first-aid care for those ill from HIV/AIDS.  This combined education can then be disseminated to local villages through family, neighbours, and women’s clubs. Training will focus on administration of pain-relief medications, bathing procedures, safety methodologies for dealing with bodily fluids, proper nutrition, and provision of comfort to families and individuals infected with or affected by HIV/AIDS.  Along with training, Home-based Care kits will be provided to assist with nutrition, hygiene and comfort to the ill.

Home Based Care Program
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	Currently implementing an initiative to provide one-week training programs in six locations to approximately 15 villagers at a time. 
•	Training includes: three days review of HIV/AIDS prevention education, one day on counselling, and one day on home-based care. 	
Area B	•	Through partnership with local government and other NGO’s, ICA has been providing Home-based care services to 51 HIV/AIDS patients in Handeni.
	•	Conduct research on orphan care and establish a care structure for orphans of HIV/AIDS deceased parents.
•	Expand home-based care services by training new home-based care providers
Area C		•	Provide counselling, prevention education, and nutrition and food preparation as part of the home-based care initiative.
•	Provide home-based care kits to 15 families in each of 5 villages to aid family members and community members in caring for the ill.
Area D	•	The community Caretakers Training Program was launched in four communities in 2005.  
•	Training has been provided for 84 volunteers. 	•	Offer 10 Home Caretaker training events in 5 communities, training 200 new caretakers. 
•	1000 Home Caretaker medical kits assembled and distributed to assist locals with looking after the terminally ill.
•	Identify primary school-aged orphans and other vulnerable children for funding to pay for school fees and uniform costs.  

8.	LITERACY – FUNCTIONAL & LEGAL
Four out of ten are illiterate, and the consequences are many.  Much of the general public is unable to understand media campaigns promoting safe-sex, HIH/AIDS prevention, family planning, and basic hygiene - all messages intended to stem the HIV/AIDS pandemic and improve public health.   Without the appropriate literacy skills, an opportunity for viable income-generating work among 40% of the population becomes particularly limited.   Without knowing their rights, women are taken advantage of in a variety of ways. The situation of widows is of great concern especially in light of the HIV/AIDS pandemic. With the death of a man there is a crisis for his nuclear family. The traditional expectation is that his property will return to his family—his brothers, leaving the wife and children without any means of support. The legal system provides property rights for women. Training in human and legal rights is fundamental to enable women to feed their family and provide a home.  Continuation and enhancement of existing ICA literacy programs will include training in human rights, legal aid, property rights and gender equity.

Literacy:  Functional and Legal
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	ICA implemented the Widows Empowerment Programme in May 2005 to improve the living standard of widows by training them in para-legal skills and facilitating them to initiate income-generating projects. 
•	150 member within 24 groups participated in 8 workshops on civic human rights 	•	Village leaders and government administration trained in human rights, legal aid, and gender equity.   
•	Provide a para-legal to project villages to enhance support and advocacy for women.
•	Develop human & legal rights misconduct reporting system.  
•	Form “widow’s group” to facilitate continued education and support.
•	Continued weekly group meetings in villages for legal aid and human rights.  
Area B	•	8 classes of adult education were conducted on a one year basis for women and youth and some continue to operate.
•	A lawyer was hired by ICA staff from 2003-2005 to operate a legal clinic which was established in 2002. The lawyer provided legal advice to the public on specific legal problems.  
•	Legal manuals were created and distributed, and legal issues were raised at Public Dialogues and in Exchange Forums. 
•	ICA visited 4 seriously under serviced villages providing legal and HIV/AIDS education. 
•	196 people in various districts were provided with legal manuals to share with community members.	•	Train 60 teachers in REFLECT functional literacy over a 2 week period. Graduates will then set up 1 year classes for 12 to 20 women and youth at the local community level.
•	5 new literacy classes implemented.
•	Hold 3 public dialogues and 3 exchange forums on functional literacy in 2 districts.
•	Hire another lawyer to replace the previous one.
•	Offer two 5-day training events for community legal advisors with 25 participants in each.


9.	ICA TECHNOLOGY OF PARTICIPATION (TOP) TRAINING
ToP methods have been central to the basic strategy for building plans and commitment at the village level in all of the partner ICAs.  This grassroots training facilitates community capacity building as skills are acquired and advanced to others.  The participatory nature of the training, including Group Facilitation, Strategic Planning and Project Management enhance civil society development throughout the communities, contributing greatly to the future sustainability and self-sufficiency of successful programs and development projects.

ICA Technology of Participation (ToP) Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	All members of the 20 community income-generating groups have been trained in Group Facilitation methods and Strategic Participatory Planning skills (total 400 participants). 
•	In Districts: 50 community groups (100 participants) received training in Participatory Strategic Planning and Group Facilitation.	•	Introduce ToP methods to Government departments, NGO community and other sectors of society to demonstrate effectiveness of methods and support the participatory approach being used at the local level.
AAA District:
•	Provide 10 community leadership training events in Group Facilitation Methods (GFM) and Participatory Strategic Planning (PSP)- 5 day sessions for 10 new groups (200 participants)
•	Local Government Officers will be trained in GFM and PSP training—16 participants from 3 new divisions
•	Scholarships will be set up for 4 girls
BBB/CCC District:
•	1 training event for the 5 Ward Councillors and Officers in 5 Divisions—20 participants
•	2 training events for 3 Wards of Kilindi District with a total of 40 participants
Area B	•	ToP training has been implemented in the Youth as Facilitative Leaders programmes. Young people are provided training in Group Facilitation, and Participatory Strategic Planning.	
Area C	•	ToP training has been implemented in the Youth as Facilitative Leaders programmes. Young people are provided training in Group Facilitation, and Participatory Strategic Planning.
	
Area F	•	Offered 24 training sessions in Leadership Facilitation Skills for community work. 
•	Throughout 2005, provided additional courses in Strategic Planning, Training of Facilitator Trainers, Participatory Project Management and Group Facilitation.	





 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>19 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='19'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Orphans and Vulnerable Children Project </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >To identify distressed communities with special focus on children, provide material relief, enhance  community coping strategies and contribute towards the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic and the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children in a cultural and gender sensitive way </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Orphans and Vulnerable Children Project

Motivation * 
The Projects was registered as a local non-governmental organization in 1994 as No 13/94 under the former Welfare Organisations Act, now the Private Organisations Act. The city is now designated as a province and this has meant that The Project regularises its operations with the relevant local government bodies. The Project has formally advised these authorities and has been granted permission to operate in four high-density suburbs.


Mission
 “To identify distressed communities with special focus on children, provide material relief, enhance  community coping strategies and contribute towards the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic and the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children in a cultural and gender sensitive way”.

The distressed communities that The Project works with are characterised by absolute poverty, displacement, prevalence of HIV and AIDS, limited access to basic facilities of water and sanitation, education, shelter, health, food and gender based violence. The Projects initial response to distressed communities is through relief and gradually building on the already existing capacity of the communities to handle life’s challenges on their own.

2.2b. Motivation *

The intention of The Project’s mission statement is fairly clear. The statement addresses:
•	The target group The Project serves
•	The needs of the target group, and
•	The means/ways those needs are to be met.

Target group: The target group that The Project works with consists of distressed communities, with special focus on orphaned and vulnerable children.
Needs: The needs of the target group are basically of a humanitarian nature; including access to shelter, food, sanitation, education, security from sexual abuse, and health, with special focus on relief from and prevention of HIV/AIDS.
Means: The Project seeks to meet the needs of distressed communities by, in the first instance, providing immediate relief, and then gradually building the capacities of the communities to cope with life’s challenges.

However, by stating that part of the mission is to contribute to
•	the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic, and
•	the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable children,
the mission statement is premised on the assumption that the readers of the statement are familiar with the two documents.

The Project’s mission statement addresses legitimate needs of poor distressed communities with a focus on the most vulnerable, namely children. 

The statement approaches the needs of the target group in a relevant way. The immediate need of distressed communities is relief. In the longer term, however, the appropriate answer to the communities’ needs is to build capacity to cope with life’s challenges. The statement therefore spells out how The Project intends to work with the target communities towards reducing their poverty and helplessness, while enhancing community coping mechanisms. 

In addition to complementing the National Response to HIV and AIDS, and the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children, The Project is also responding to the Millennium Development Goals. The conditions that characterise the distressed communities that The Project works with are symptoms of the underlying problem of poverty. The Project’s tenets of poverty reduction and enhancing community coping mechanisms reflect its humanitarian-oriented focus for the satisfaction of the needs of distressed communities.   


Strategy
THE PROJECT  had a strategic planning workshop in 2001 where it sought to introduce The Project staff to the critical components of the strategic plan and the tools for its development. The result of the workshop was an agreement by The Project staff to develop strategies for each program including the key result areas in line with the revised vision and mission.

In 2005, in response to Operation Restore Order, another strategic planning workshop was held. This workshop resulted in the current strategic plan whose framework is outlined below: 

Broad Goal: To identify distressed communities with special focus on children, provide material relief, enhance community coping strategies and contribute towards the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children, the Millennium Development Goals and the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic in a cultural and gender sensitive manner”.

Sub Goals:

1. To contribute to improved quality of life for OVC in High Density suburbs
2. To foster community response to HIV and AIDS using various strategies for prevention, care and management.
3. To improve livelihoods and economic empowerment of disadvantaged communities
4. To provide Participatory Health and Hygiene Education as well as provision of safe potable water and waste disposal systems of disadvantaged communities.

Instruments:

For each sub-goal there is a comprehensive Programme which act as an instrument for the achievement of the strategy. The programmes are outlined below:
Sub-goal No.	Sub-goal	Programme
1.	To contribute to improved quality of life for OVC in High Density suburbs	Psychosocial Support Programme
2	To foster community response to HIV and AIDS using various strategies for prevention, care and management	HIV and AIDS Programme
3	To improve livelihoods and economic empowerment of disadvantaged communities	Livelihoods Programme
4	To provide Participatory Health and Hygiene Education as well as provision of safe potable water and waste disposal systems of disadvantaged communities	Emergency Water and Sanitation Programme

 Each programme seeks to address the described objective, but they all contribute synergistically to the achievement of the Organisation’s mission. To ensure effectiveness of the instruments there is a Monitoring and Evaluation Unit for all programmes.
 
Expected Results/Achievements.

Below is a list of the expected results/ achievements of the mission by using the outlined strategy:
Sub-goal No.	Programme	Expected results/ achievements
1.	Psychosocial Support Programme	1.	Increased access to quality education by orphans and other vulnerable children
2.	Improved community child protection mechanisms/ channels
3.	Equipped community management structures on child protection issues
4.	Improved psychosocial support and life skills for OVC 
2	HIV and AIDS Programme	1.	Improved community responses to HIV and AIDS
2.	Increased access to HIV and AIDS information and prevention services
3.	Improved community based care and management of PLWA
3	Livelihoods Programme	1.	Improved nutritional status of OVC in High density suburbs.
2.	 Increased enrollment, attendance, retention and concentration of OVC in school 
3.	Improved sources of livelihoods for vulnerable communities with special focus on OVC
4	Emergency Water and Sanitation Programme	1.	Improved and easy access to safe water and sanitation facilities by vulnerable communities especially women and OVC
2.	Increased health and hygiene information and practices by the community.
3.	Safe and healthy environment
To ensure the achievement of organisational objectives, material, financial and human resources are allocated to the programmes. The allocation of human resources to the programmes is covered in section 7 of this document.

3.2a. Assess the quality of the operationalisation of the mission into goals, sub-goals, outputs (select an option). *

Highly Satisfactory

3.2b. Motivation *

There is a clear logical flow from the Organisation’s mission into goals, sub-goals and expected results/ outputs. The outputs that are achieved through specified programmes/ instruments collectively represent the measure of the achievement of the mission of the Organisation.

The logical linkages of goals, sub-goals and programmes facilitate the effective and efficient allocation of material, financial and human resources.


4. External factors and relations
4.1a. How is the functioning of the organisation influenced by external factors? (select an option) *
 
Likely

4.1b. Motivation *
THE PROJECT  is operating in an environment characterised by spiralling inflation, politically sensitive issues, gender based violence, high morbidity and mortality.

Economic environment: The Country  an economy is currently characterised by economic recession, high unemployment and hyper-inflationary conditions. This affects The Project in two principal ways, namely;
a)	The economic conditions increase the plight of the distressed communities and consequently the demand for the services of the organisation.
b)	 Increases in the organisation’s operational costs place a heavy strain on financial resources. Budgetary planning is based on official exchange rates, whilst inflationary pressures are driven by parallel market exchange rates. This is further exacerbated by the fact that implementation is staggered and during the process the cost of materials and services will be spiralling.

Social environment: The economic environment has direct social effects on the distressed communities. Distressed communities, who are already marginalized by the economic conditions of poverty, unemployment and hyper-inflation, are also affected by HIV and AIDS, gender violence, family breakdowns, inadequate basic facilities, especially education and health. At the operational level this presents a challenge in that almost everyone amongst the target communities becomes vulnerable. Besides placing a strain on the financial resources of the organisation, these conditions also reduce the volunteer base of the organisation. Everyone is fighting for basic economic survival.

Political environment: The target groups are victims of Operation Restore Order, which involved the relocation of communities into areas with minimal infrastructure. Their new areas of residence are politically sensitive.
 However, The Project has been granted permission to work in these areas.



THE PROJECT  is an implementing organisation. It does not use counterparts to fulfil its objectives.

The Project’s partners are the communities that it works with and organisations that are operating in the same area.  Attached is information describing the organisations and their activities; see table A1. 
THE PROJECT  is the secretariat to The Country   Network for Informal Settlement Action, a coordinating body of organisations working in informal settlements for advocacy, networking, information sharing and avoiding duplication.  
 

The Project’s public support base is the local community structures.

In Community One, the following structures exist; 
•	Child Protection Committee, which counsels children, selects beneficiaries for educational assistance and educates the community on issues to do with child protection for the Psychosocial Support programme.  It also looks out for child abuse cases. 

•	Home Based Carers that are involved in the care and management of the HIV and AIDS infected and affected.
 
•	Youth Peer Educators who are involved in issues of counselling, reproductive health, income generating activities, selection of beneficiaries and awareness campaigns.  Both the Psychosocial Support & the HIV & AIDS programmes work with Peer Educators.
•	Water and Sanitation Committee oversees the Water and Sanitation activities at grassroots level. It monitors the provision of adequate, clean and potable water and sanitation facilities as well as promotes health and hygiene education to the community. This committee is also responsible for the operation, maintenance and monitoring of facilities and is involved in the selection of CABA as per agreed criteria. 

•	Pre-School Committee is a team of volunteers that coordinates activities for the pre-schools. It negotiates and determines minimal fees, maintains temporary pre-school structures, represents pre-schools at networking meetings and jointly with other community structures identifies OVC as per agreed criteria. 
      The local community selected all these structures.

Community Two
The Project is faced by a daunting challenge of political interference. The committee was selected by the administration. However, The Project will endeavour to target our beneficiaries within each programme using the former community structures of HBC providers, Youth Peer Educator and Pre-school committees. These structures used to provide the same services as are being provided for by the community structures. 

The communities participate not only in the implementation of programmes but also in monitoring and evaluation.


Motivation *
THE PROJECT  is operating in an environment characterised by spiralling inflation, politically sensitive issues, gender based violence, high morbidity and mortality.

Economic environment: The The Country  an economy is currently characterised by economic recession, high unemployment and hyper-inflationary conditions. This affects The Project in two principal ways, namely;
c)	The economic conditions increase the plight of the distressed communities and consequently the demand for the services of the organisation.
d)	 Increases in the organisation’s operational costs place a heavy strain on financial resources. Budgetary planning is based on official exchange rates, whilst inflationary pressures are driven by parallel market exchange rates. This is further exacerbated by the fact that implementation is staggered and during the process the cost of materials and services will be spiralling.

Social environment: The economic environment has direct social effects on the distressed communities. Distressed communities, who are already marginalized by the economic conditions of poverty, unemployment and hyper-inflation, are also affected by HIV and AIDS, gender violence, family breakdowns, inadequate basic facilities, especially education and health. At the operational level this presents a challenge in that almost everyone amongst the target communities becomes vulnerable. Besides placing a strain on the financial resources of the organisation, these conditions also reduce the volunteer base of the organisation. Everyone is fighting for basic economic survival.

Political environment: The target groups are victims of Operation Restore Order, which involved the relocation of communities into areas with minimal infrastructure. Their new areas of residence are politically sensitive.
 However, The Project has been granted permission to work in these areas.

THE PROJECT  is an implementing organisation. It does not use counterparts to fulfil its objectives.
Psyshosocial Support Programme: Before Operation Restore Order / Murambatsvina the Psyshosocial Support programme facilitated the establishment of pre-schools and informal schools in peri-urban informal settlements. Pre-school teachers and informal school teachers were trained on how to communicate with children and on basic counselling skills.  Schools started on an infomal basis but were later registered and fully staffed by the ministry of education.

OVC were equipped with life skills through Pychosocial Support camps and workshops.

Previously trained preschool teachers mobilised resources and initiated the establishment of pre-schools.  The Project moved in to support them through training, pre-school feeding, the setting up of temporary structures and provision of sanitation facilities.

A knitting project targeting girl children was established. Through this project girls learnt knitting skills. The Project used this as a forum for the girls to discuss reproductive health issues.  

OVC and PLWAS received targeted food baskets and hygiene kits. 

Over the years The Project has provided educational support to OVC in High Density communities. Currently The Project is providing educational support to 598 OVC.  

The Project has provided  community members with life skills and survival skills.

HIV and AIDS Programme: Under the HIV and AIDS programme The Project provided youths with HIV and AIDS information and trained them in puppetry, theatre and arts. The youth, in turn, trained their communities through song, dance and drama.

One The Project Officer was in New York for five days to share experiences on Children and HIV and AIDS with Inter-Faith organisations.  

Peer exchange programmes took place in 2003-2005 in three countries and The Country on HIV and AIDS awareness and prevention.  Three youths, accompanied by one officer, attended each exchange in the three countries.

In 2006, one officer took four youths and two Home Based Care providers to Kenya to learn about Home Based Care under an organisation called GROOTS-KENYA.  The programme produces a youth magazine bi-annually, whose articles are written by the youths.  The programme also has a Home Based Care team.

To date 22 People Living With Aids (PLWA) were referred to the Clinic, a clinic that treats opportunistic infections and which also provides counselling and anti-retroviral drugs.  Six people are already on Anti-Retroviral-Therapy (ART).

The youths were also equipped with business skills that they are using in their income generating projects (phone shop project, knitting project for girls, candle and soap selling project).

Both the Psychosocial Support and the HIV and AIDS programmes work with the Youth Peer Educators in issues of counselling, reproductive health, income generating activities, selection of beneficiaries and awareness campaigns. 

Motivation
The strategic approach of The Project is designed to ensure the sustainability of the impact of the organisation’s activities. Inevitably, the initial intervention of The Project is the provision of immediate relief. Thereafter, The Project works on gradually building the capacity of the community to cope with life’s challenges. 

Three factors help to make the impact of The Project’s activities operationally and financially sustainable;
•	The Project’s activities are community based and participatory. As discussed under 4.4 the various community based groups and committees are involved in the implementation and evaluation of the organisation’s programmes.
•	THE PROJECT  provides community members with relevant training in order to achieve changes in values and attitudes and to impart skills. The Project holds workshops to disseminate information to selected groups on such issues as children’s rights, and HIV and AIDS. The relevant community groups and committees, in their turn, pass on the information to their communities. For instance, The Project trained volunteers are involved in the early childhood development programme in the pre-school centres. The Project trained Child Protection Committee members educate the community on issues to do with child protection. Trained youth educators are involved in providing communities with information on HIV and AIDS. The Project also facilitate life skills training of community members.
•	THE PROJECT  facilitates the starting of income generating activities, which reduce dependence on handouts. The introduction of income generating projects has reduced the number of idle youths


XX6. Structure & Culture

The Board is the principal policy making body of the organisation. As the Chief Executive Officer of the organisation, the Director is the link between the Board and the Secretariat.  The principal management functions in the organisation are;
•	Programmes (including programme monitoring and evaluation), and
•	Finance and Administration.
Programmes and Finance and Administration are each headed by a manager. Programme Officers responsible for Psychosocial Support, Aids and HIV, Livelihoods, and Monitoring and Evaluations, as well as 2 Project Officers for water and sanitation, report to the Programme Manager. Appendix 2 shows details of the formal organisation structure of the project.

The Project operates through a network of committees and volunteers, who serve as an extension of The Project’s formal organisation structure. See appendix A.

Management Style

THE PROJECT  pursues a participatory management style, which allows staff members to contribute to matters of management.  Communications are open and hierarchical. The Director practices an open door policy. The Project’s organisational culture is based on teamwork and professionalism. This provides room for multiskilling that is important since all programmes interlink. The team acts in utmost good faith and practises transparency. For effective programming the programme staff including the Controller/ Office Manager and the Director meets every Monday to review progress, share lessons learnt, discuss challenges faced and together forge the way forward. Synergies among programmes are deliberated on and complimenting of programmes achieved while avoiding duplication.  A Staff Welfare Committee, which represents the concerns of all The Project staff, is in place. The Board takes a hands-on approach and is highly involved in providing guidance to the organisation. Funding partners also give guidance and support to the project.


6.3b Motivation

The organisational structure is clear and each post has a defined job description. Every officer is conversant with his/her role within the organisation and at community level. However, the synergies of programmes allow for versatility.  The organisational structure is based on the needs of the partner communities which translate into the programmes. In turn, the organisational goals mirror and fulfil the aspirations of the community. The Project’s democratic management style of open door policy, professionalism and teamwork allows for programme staff to freely contribute their expertise to programme implementation. The Project’s culture of teamwork has prepared its staff to become multiskilled and be able to rise up to any challenges. 


Inputs

Function/Position	Number in position	Current Holder	Qualifications/ Training courses
Director	1	one	Masters in Social Work, bachelor of Social Work, Diploma in Social Work/ Leadership and Management development, Computer training, SEDAW and Gender training, Child Protagonism, Juvenile Justice training, VIPP, Human rights approach to programming, PRA training, Community Capacity Building Training.
Programme Manager	1	Vacant	Minimum requirements: A Social Science degree and at least five years working experience, 2 of which should be at management level. Diploma in Human Resources Management is an added advantage. Should a team member and developer. Should have outstanding analytical and conceptual skills and demonstrated organizational effectiveness at a strategic and operational level.
Office Manager/ Financial controller	1	two	Advanced Diploma in Financial Accounting and Economics, Intermediate Certificate in Business Management, Fellow institute of International bookkeepers Limited (UK).
Accounting Assistant	1	Vacant	Minimum requirements: Five O levels plus two A levels, Advanced bookkeeping qualification. Working towards attaining professional qualification such as IAC, CIS or B. Com. Experience in an NGO environment.
HIV &AIDS Programme Officer	1	three	Bachelor of Education Degree, Diploma in Project Management, Certificate in HIV and AIDS care and Management, Certificate in Counselling, Diploma in Youth work, Certificate in child counselling, HIV/AIDS VCT for PMTCT programme, Facilitator’s course in HIV/AIDS behaviour change, Regional Training on Traditional Medicine and other Alternative therapies in HIV/AIDS Prevention and Care.
Psychosocial Support Programme Officer	1	four	Bachelor of Education degree in Education, Administration, Planning and Policy Studies, Diploma in family Therapy, Diploma in Training Management, Certificate in Child Counselling, Facilitator’s Certificate in HIV & AIDS behaviour change programme, HIV/AIDS Lifeskills and Gender
Livelihoods Programme Officer	1	Five	Diploma in Health and Adult Education, Diploma in Counselling, Diploma in Nutritional care and support, for PLWA, Certificate in food inspection, Child counselling and development, Project Management and Leadership course. 
Monitoring and Evaluation Programme Officer	1	Six	Bachelor of Science in Health Education and Health Promotion, Biostatistics and Epidemiology Training for Health Professionals, Diploma in Training Management, Project cycle management course. Monitoring tools in reproductive health programmes
Water and sanitation Project Officer (Emergency)	2	Seven and Eight	1.	Post Graduate Diploma in water Supply and Sanitation, Certificate in Application of Gender and Poverty Analysis tools for water supplies and Sanitation.
2.	Bachelor of Science (Hons) in Land and Water Resources Management, Post Graduate Diploma in Water Supply and Sanitation.
Assistant Monitoring and Evaluation Officer (temporary)	1	Nine	BSc Honours degree in Agricultural Economics and Development, Project Cycle management course, School Feeding Implementation Course, Computer courses. 
Reports Officer (temporary)	1	Ten	BSc honours Degree in Education, Computer Courses, Training in  Administration and Analysis of monitoring tools –CARE, School Feeding Implementation Course 
Receptionist	1	Eleven	Private Secretarial Diploma, Certificate in wages and Payroll Administration.
Messenger	1	Twelve	Driver’s Licence, Motor Maintenance training, Computer Literacy
THE PROJECT  presently employs 12 members of staff.

The above have several years practical experiences in the jobs.

To build organisational capacity, The Project has adopted a training culture. Staff members attend one refresher course per year to improve their skills and job knowledge. Members of staff have been trained in many areas including palliative care, child protection, advocacy, code of conduct for humanitarian workers, conflict and stress management, documentation and dissemination. Consequently, members of staff possess diverse skills in administration, programming, monitoring and evaluation.
THE PROJECT  is operating from rented premises. Some members of staff share an office.  

All members of staff have the office furniture and fittings required for their operations.  

Each member of staff has a computer. All, except four of these computers are old models with low capacity. Members of staff have restricted internet services, but each member is on full time email.

THE PROJECT  has two old vehicles.



DONOR	Year 2006
US $	Year 2005 US $	Year 2004 US $	Year 2003 US $	Year 2002
US $

Brought fwd	  31,508.09	    3,277.84	  44,111.16	 117,251.50	   174,195.20
Administration	(15,494.00)	   19,645.86	 (28,326.25)	130,504.85	1,391,427.13
Donor 1	  12,801.46	        245.85	  (5,003.92)	  29,746.61	     18,445.50
Donor 2	   (2,983.42)	     2,111.30	  37,142.99	  20,123.28	     58,662.85
Donor 3	   (139.78)	        (82.56)        		  18,749.49	
Donor 4	11,350.67	      (200.04)			
Donor 5		          (2.01)	   (4,376.92)		
Donor 6	   1408.22	          87.29	          10.86	    9,926.42	    55,205.53
Donor 7					       7,684.66
Donor 8		       (186.45)	     4,773.68	    6,981.45	      6,0582.11
Donor 9	70,662.03	    12,797.33	   (3,611.58)		
Donor 10					         6,018.69
Donor 11	(5,108.94)				
Donor 12					             (22.43)
Donor 13				   8.568.63	       (15,324.43)
TOTAL US$	104,005.00	    37,694.41	     44,720.00	341,852.00	  1,756,874.83

 The Projects annual staff and overhead budget is currently standing at US$5,044

-FINANCIAL RATIOS:(Liquidity /Solvency)
Credit risk in respect of receivables are limited because The Project does not have any trade customers.  It is a non profit organization and therefore does not trade for profit making. All donations received are earmarked for specific prgrammes. The liquidity/solvency rations for the year 2005 are indicated in the table below;

Finanacial ratios for 2005
  
Accumulated fund	local$3,188,478,580
Liabilities	  local$104,092,386
Current assets	local$3,280,381,943
Liquidity ratio:current asstes /current liabilities	
31.51 :1
Solvency ratio: total asstes /total liabilities	1:1
	
In terms of liquidity the organisation was able to meet its finances.
Solvency ratio is one to one  which indicates  a break even situation for the organisation.

The table below shows the main sources of income during the last 3 to 5 years.

Main sources of income during the last 3 to 5 years are as follows:

DONOR	Year 2006
US $	Year 2005 US $	Year 2004 US $	Year 2003 US $	Year 2002 US $

Donor 1	  18,723.00	  3,487.00
	29,323.00	   33,778.00	  31,555.39
Donor 2		5,814.00	 43,282.00	   33,158.00	         132,874.33
Donor 3	      4,163.00	  6,987.00	      827.00	      10,300.00	            146,127.37
Donor 4			     7,999.00	      10,169.00	
Donor 5	     95,665.00	28,167.00	   25,940.00	      10,220.00	
Donor 6	       2,487.00	     704.00	     9,903.00	    15,518.00	    55,595.35
Donor 7					  100,083.19
Donor 8					     47,333.09
Donor 9		   2,038.00	   15,104.00	    11,365.00	      80,249.61
Donor 10				   37,499.00	
Donor 11	    13,799.00	    325.00	     423.00	     4,377.00	
Donor 12	     16,619.00	   5,485.00			
TOTALUS$	    151,457.00	53,007.00	 132,801.00	  166,385.00	     593,818.00

7.4b. Motivation *
The present staff compliment of 12 has been managing to implement The Project’s programmes after Operation Restore Order. However, as programming expands (if funding permits), there will be need to gradually increase to a compliment of 15. 

THE PROJECT  does not have certain items of equipment required by staff to implement programmes. These include modern computers, laptop, camera, scanner, flipchart stand, TV and VCR.

Present funding is inadequate, provided on a short-term basis and continuously eroded by inflation 


Monitoring, evaluation and quality management
THE PROJECT  has a Monitoring and Evaluation Unit that serves all programmes. To facilitate routine monitoring, appropriate tools are designed to capture specified indicators and programme activities. 

Routine field visits and spot checks are also done by programme staff while maintaining constant communication between the community, stakeholders and Funding Partners.  

THE PROJECT  staff holds weekly progress meetings.

THE PROJECT  staff also attends monthly Committee meetings in areas of Water and Sanitation, Education, Child Protection, Nutrition, Health and District AIDS Action. These meetings go a long way towards networking and coordination at Inter Agency level. The unit also participates in inter-agency intervention mapping exercises.

 Each programme has an established database with a comprehensive input -output and impact monitoring strategy. The input -output and impact-monitoring sheet encourages and ensures accountable performance of programmes and is one of the key features of a management of information system. In addition to the input -output and impact-monitoring sheet, specific activities are captured on standardised formats with focus on key programme indicators or milestones of programme progress. Reports are also produced after workshops and trainings. Together these ensure accurate and realistic reporting of programme achievements.

THE PROJECT  is direct implementing agency. It is not, therefore, an intermediate organisation, which operates through counterpart organisations.

8.3b. Motivation *

The monitoring and evaluation system that is in place is effective in tracking programme indicators right from inputs to outputs and this goes a long way in ensuring accountable performance of programmes. This is supported by the presence of specific tools to capture useful information from inputs to outputs –see supporting documents for Internal Monitoring and Evaluation. The existing system also encourages coordination at inter-agency level through intervention mapping exercises.


Xx. Financial and administrative management
THE PROJECT  acquires financial resouces in the form of donations from its Funding Partners. The allocations of these financial resources are initially contained in the budget sections of relevant Project Proposal documents, and ultimately reflected in the Memorandums of Agreement. For each year, the budgets for resources from different Funding Partners are summarised in the aggegate annual budget for the organisation.

The Project creates accounting codes for each donor funded project as agreed in the Donor funded budget contained in the Memorandum of Agreement It uses  projects cost centres as a basis of cost allocation, therefore all project expenses are allocated to specific programme areas.
The Financial Management of The Project is governed by a formal Financial Procedures Manual, which contains;
•	Buying Procedures
•	Payment Procedures
•	Cash Book and Bank Reconciliation Procedures
•	Monthly Management Reports
•	Asset Register Accounting
•	Motor Vehicle Administration.

Before the purchase of goods or services, an internal purchase requisition must be raised and approved. A major consideration on whether an item of expenditure should be approved is whether it was provided for in the budget. After approval, depending on the nature and value involved, three quotations must be sourced from suppliers. An internal tender committee will recommend a suitable supplier and forward it to the Director for endorsement. Then an order is be placed.

As part of the budgetary control phase of the whole Budgetary Control Planning and Control System, The Project includes Variance Reports in its Monthly Management Reports.  If, as a result of the prevailing hyperinflationary conditions, prices rise to amounts that exceed the budget, the Donor will be informed of the proposed course of action.

THE PROJECT  prepares Monthly Management Accounts for management use.  The major component of the accounts are;
•	Consolidated Income and Expenditure Account, and
•	Individual Income and Expenditure Accounts for the activities funded by different Funding Partners.

At quarterly intervals, The Project prepares prepares Quarterly Financial Reports for the Board. As with the Monthly Management Accounts, the Quarterly Financial Reports contain;
•	Consolidated Income and Expenditure Accounts, and
•	Individual Income and Expenditure Accounts for the activities funded by different Funding Partners.

On an annual basis, The Project prepares a full set of Financial Statements, containing;
•	The Balance Sheet
•	Consolidated Income and Expenditure Account
•	Individual Income and Expenditure Accounts for activities funded by different Funding Partners
•	Cash Flow Statement
•	Notes to Financial Statements including Accounting Policy Notes and Supporting Schedules.

THE PROJECT  also prepares financial reports as and when they are required by individual Funding Partners. The contents of any such reports depend on the specifications of the Funding Partner.

On an annual basis, a firm of Chartered Accountants conducts a financial audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements of the organisation are free from material mistatement. In addition to reviewing the existance and effective operation of the organisation’s internal control system, the firm of Chartered Accountants examines relevant financial records. After the audit the firm prepares two documents;
•	A Management Report on Accounting and Internal Control issues that require management attention. In this report the auditors state their findings from the audit and make their recommendations. Management responds to the auditors’ comments and recommendations.
•	The Report of Independent Auditors, which forms part of the organisation’s Annual Financial Report.

THE PROJECT  has generally responded positively to the auditors’ comments and recommendations contained in the auditors Management Report. In their Report in the Annual Financial Statements, the Independent Auditors have for the past five years pointed out that the Financial Statements have not been prepared in terms of International Accounting Standard (IAS) 29 “Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”. 

9.2b. Motivation *
THE PROJECT  has a strong Financial Management System.

The existence of a Financial Procedure Manual ensures that important financial procedures are documented. This promotes efficiency and facilitates transparency. An important part of the external audit procedures is checking on the adequacy and compliance to the laid down procedures.

The organisation’s Budgetary Planning and Control System helps to ensure that expenditure is contained within the limits of the budget. In the current hyperinflationary environment, this poses challenges. Reaching previous budget targets has been difficult because, in the current The Country  an economy, price levels are determined by parallel market exchange rates yet the organisation’s budgets are calculated using the official rate. 

The organisation’s reporting system facilitates transparency and accountability to various stakeholders. Financial reports accompany every programme narrative report, for example quarterly reports.  All programme funds have separate accounts and adequate control exist to avoid cross programme financing.

The external auditors provide an independent review of the operation of the financial management system. One major external audit is done for all programmes yearly while one donor does a specific project audit.  No single source provides more than 25% of funding.  Currently funding is available for short-term costs and medium term funding strategy exists.

The Financial Planning System is useful to management to the extent that managers, other than the Financial Manager, are financially literate. The average manager, and The Project managers are no exception, needs this training.  

10. Overall assessment of the organisational capacity

Motivation *
Overall, The Project has a sound organisational capacity in the areas of;
•	Planning
•	Organisation
•	Operations
•	Monitoring and Evaluation, and
•	Financial and Administrative Management.

The Project’s mission statement is relevant in the current economic, social and political environment. It addresses identified needs of its partner communities The timely response of The Project to its target communities’ emergency situations is evidence the clarity of its mission in operation. 

The organisation’s mission is logically translated into sub-objectives, which are in turn operationalised into programmes. The current strategic plan therefore, guides The Project’s activities as it strives to achieve its goals

The organisation’s functions (including programmes) are logically translated into the organisation’s structure. The Project’s structure, management style and culture provide a conducive environment for professional development and effective programming. 

The organisation has trained dedicated members of staff who, with continuous training and experience should continuously improve in their performance. The multi skilling culture of The Project helps facilitates the integration of the organisation’s operations. 

THE PROJECT  has the basic resources for its operations. The current hyperinflationary economic conditions pose challenges to the organisation. One way in which the organisation has adapted to the economic environment, and in the process help in fostering sustainability, is by heavily involving the communities.

THE PROJECT  has sound elements of Monitoring and Evaluation, and Financial and Administrative Management Systems. The extent to which these systems serve the organisation is a function of how they are accepted and used by line managers.
THE PROJECT  is already working in these operational areas and has already been granted permission to work there. No pre- conditions should be fulfilled before approving this project. However the organisation should be working towards renewing its equipment (computers and cars). Funds permitting the vacant posts should be filled inn.   

11. Sources
This document was filled in using information supplied by The Project staff members.

Documents Used
1.	THE PROJECT  (1994) Certificate of Registration
2.	THE PROJECT  Constitution
3.	THE PROJECT  Financial Regulations
4.	THE PROJECT  Conditions of service
5.	THE PROJECT  Code of conduct
6.	THE PROJECT  (2003) Child Welfare Programme In Peri – Urban Informal Settlements of The Country  
7.	THE PROJECT  (2005) The HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme Evaluation
8.	THE PROJECT  (2006) Responding to the Psychosocial Needs of CABA in The Country High Density Suburbs.
9.	The Research Alliance (2003) Evaluation Report on Peri – Urban Resettlements in The City  .
10.	Consultants (2000) An Evaluation of the First Year of the the projects`s Aid Educational Programme 
11.	The Project Financial Statements
12.	Internal Programme Evaluation: Child Welfare: Peri – Urban Informal Settlements.
13.	Responding to the Psychosocial Needs of CABA In The Country  : Case of High Density Suburbs, June, 2006 


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>23 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='23'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country        </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.  The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level.        </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' > Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country

Deadline for receipt of applications: 2nd October, 2006



CONCEPT NOTE 

. 

1. Summary of the action
Please provide the following information:
1.1	Brief description of the proposed action

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Copperbelt Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to Livingstone. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from t ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.

2. Relevance:
Please describe the following: 
2.1	How relevant is your proposal to the needs and constraints of the target country(ies) or region?
2.2	What are the problems to be resolved and the needs to be met? 

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition. The project will also build strong links between the target group and local permanent service providers hospital, Ministry of Health and Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives to mention but a few.

2.3	Who are the actors involved (final beneficiaries, target groups)?
The specific target community is 2nd district area. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 500 PLWHA and the indirect beneficiaries will be the families of these 500 PLWHA making up a total of 3,000 people. (using the The countryn average of 6 persons per family)

2.4	What are the objectives and expected results?

The objectives of the project are:

•	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART
•	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families
•	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis
•	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives

Expected results are: 

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group

2.5	What is the added value of the action (what adds the action by reference to (central or local) government action and actions implemented by non state actors)?

•	The two country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella of xxx. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which A PARTNER  is a member is another channel for sharing information and experiences from the project

3. Methodology and Sustainability:
Please describe the following: 
3.1	What are the main project activities?
In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income

3.2	Who will be your main implementing partners, what is the length of your relationship with them and how will they be involved in the project?

There will be two implementing partners with whom has worked for the past three year. These are:

In the project, will be responsible for overall coordination of project activities, manage finances as per EC requirements, employ two Field Officers, host the volunteer from and manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the They will also employ the Project Coordinator

ICA will be responsible for placement of a Volunteer at the project and capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project.


3.3	How will the project achieve sustainability? 

•	Income generation skills and activities that will be facilitated through the project will remain within households and can be applied long after project has phased out
•	The project will build capacity among beneficiaries to produce and prepare local foods which are normally more accessible and nutritious. 
•	The strong linkage that exists between the project and government departments and ministries (such as the MoH and MACO) will be strengthened.  These linkages will assure continuous support to the target group long after the end of the project
•	The Volunteer who will be attached to the project and the project will be imparting the spirit of volunteerism among local communities 
•	The evaluation that will be conducted after 10 months will determine funding needs and strategies for further support beyond this project
•	The project will facilitate linkages to microfinance institutions for external financing of beneficiaries that will involve themselves in business ventures. 
•	Both have a long term agenda for the target area. The capacity that this project will build in these organisations will go towards enhancing long term benefits to the target group in this area and beyond. 
•	Strengthened CPTs and Support Groups will continue to provide HBC support to PLWHA in the area 

3.4	Will it have multiplier effects?

•	The two The country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. 
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, ZHECT, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The target area of this project receives many visitors and is the gateway to the south of The country. Results from the project are expected to go far and wide through the many people that visit the area
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which is a member is another channel for sharing information

4. Expertise and operational capacity:
Please describe the following: 
4.1	What is the experience of your organisation in project management?

THE ORG has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the ECHO funded Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP) with OXFAM. At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes with Programme Against Malnutrition (PAM) in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD funding in conjunction with the Government  in all the seven districts of North Western Province.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership partners with funding from

4.2. 	What is the experience of your organisation and your partner(s) of the issues to be 	addressed?

Has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Naluyanda involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for  The country National AIDS Network
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families.
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project funded by World Bank
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS
•	ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme, 
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, 

I.	THE ACTION
1.	DESCRIPTION

1.1	Title

2nd district Food Security Project (CFSP)

1.2	Location(s)

2nd district area in The district in the Southern Province of The country


Total eligible cost of the action	Amount requested from the Contracting Authority	% of total eligible cost of action
734,477.40	661,297.90	90 %

1.3	Summary

Maximum 1 page 

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from the partner ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.



Duration of the action	24 Months
Objectives of the action	Overall objective: To improve the quality of life of PLWHA and their families through the implementation of a broad based sustainable food security initiative in 2nd district area of the district of the Southern Province of The country.
Specific objectives: By the end of two years, at least 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area will have attained improved nutritional status to improve uptake and effectiveness of ART and community based systems and structures established for their families to produce adequate food and generate household income on a sustainable basis.
Partner(s)	1.  ICA

Target group(s) 	500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Final beneficiaries 	Families of 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Estimated results	1.	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
2.	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
3.	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
4.	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
5.	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group
Main activities	In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods through Care for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income
Where applicable, clearly indicate the sector, theme, or geographical area specified in the call for proposals to which the proposed action would apply:


1.4	Objectives

Maximum 1 page. Describe the overall objective(s) to which the action aims to contribute towards and the specific objective that the action aims to achieve.

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART) requires that the patient has a balanced diet. Due to prolonged illness, PLWHA or AIDS patients often find themselves in a situation of depleted resource base due to inability to perform productive work and meeting expenditure required to access ART. Consequently, a balanced diet to PLWHA especially AIDS patients is a far cry. This objective will address this primary requirement in the short term before addressing medium and long term requirements among PLWHA and their families. 

Because nutrition is crucial among PLWHA especially those on ART, the project will support formation of Nutrition groups who will be trained in preparation and processing of foods suitable for PLWHA. Focus will, first and foremost, be directed at local indigenous foodstuffs which even poor families can lay their hands on. The Biodiversity Community Network (BCN) which is an associate in this project has gathered massive experience in supporting such activities.  

1.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families

It has been widely documented that the HIV/AIDS issue has placed a huge burden on the Ministry of Health (MoH). It has become common practice to engage local communities in such a way they are involved in providing the necessary services to PLWHA and in this way contributing to the effectiveness of the public sector. The project will facilitate formation and strengthening (where such does not already exist) of community based and managed groups to lead the process of Care and prevention for and against HIV/AIDS, nutrition as it relates to HIV/AIDS and such other services.

In addition, the project will facilitate linkages between essential permanent service providers and organisations working in the sector and the local groups from the start of the project. The philosophy of this project emphasises inculcating the spirit of volunteerism among target communities.

2.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

The project will aim to restore livelihoods of families with PLWHA by empowering them to produce more food on a sustainable basis. The project will promote sustainable agriculture techniques and methods that are accessible and affordable from the point of view of a resource poor farmer. Both crop and animal production will be promoted. The pas-on-the-gift scheme for small livestock which has worked wonders among PLWHA elsewhere will be introduced. 

In order to ensure long term technical support in agriculture, the project will facilitate stronger linkages with the Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) and support Community Livestock Workers (CLWs) and Community Development Facilitators (CDFs) through training.

3.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

In order to restore the livelihoods of PLWHA and their families, the project will promote income generation initiatives. Training will be facilitated on entrepreneurship and marketing. These skills will enable them identify and manage business ventures of their choice. Family members of PLWHA will be encouraged to form interest groups based on the business ventures that they will be pursuing. Those that require additional finances will be linked to microfinance institutions for loans and savings services.



a.	Justification

Maximum 3 pages. Please provide the following information:
i.	Relevance of the action to the objectives and priorities of the programme

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs.

The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation called BCN who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. These will be promoted and grown by HIV patients and their families. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. For example, seed will be distributed on a seed revolving loan basis where PLWHA will repay their loan in kind to others while continuing to meet their own seed requirements for the following year. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition.

The strong link that the project will facilitate between the target group and local permanent service providers.

ii.	Identification of perceived needs and constraints in the target country/ies, in particular in the region(s) concerned. 

The country is rated among the poorest countries in the world. The country is listed among the Highly Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) as well as the Least Developed Countries (LDC’s). According to the UNDP’s Human Development Report of 2002, The country ranks 163 out of the 175 countries in the world in terms of human development. 

In 2003, the United Nations Human Development report indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

The The country government has realised that chronic illness that accompany poor health and deterioration of the immune system deplete households assets, reduce labour and lead to reduced food production
This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The consortium will concentrate on constituency. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district covers most of Constituency. 

The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

iii.	Description of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries and estimated number 
The action will target The district, in Southern Province. The specific target community is 2nd district area and beyond. In 2nd district Project area and expansion area the project will work with 500 PLWHA and their families. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 300 and 200 in the 2nd district expansion area. The number of indirect beneficiaries will be 3000 people.
iv.	Reasons for the selection of the target group(s) and identification of their needs and constraints. How does the Action contribute to the needs of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries?

The direct beneficiaries have been selected because they are PLWHA. Some are already on ART and are in the extreme poverty bracket. 

The indirect beneficiaries have been selected because they have been adversely affected by the status and condition of the PLWHA in their families. Assets have been lost due to demands placed on PLWHA in terms of nutrition and other logistics necessary for caring for the same. For both PLWHA and their families to get back into productive engagement, they need to have basic needs readily available and accessible. These include food, healthy diets, diversified food production and income generation. This will assist to broaden their food security base.

Contribution to the needs of the target group and final beneficiaries 

1.	The action will assist PLWHA have available and accessible food which will help them improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. Currently there is no food for PLWHA and where little is available it would be the staple food maize which does not help their condition. 
2.	The Home Based Care (HBC) system already in existence will be strengthened through training of care and prevention teams and formation of more support groups so that PLWHA can encourage and support each other.
3.	Food production will be carefully designed so that crops promoted and grown will be of high nutritive value and will increase the availability and accessibility of food making up a healthy diet. Food production will be combined with the promotion of traditional crops of high nutritive value that are easy to grow even in times of drought and have proven medicinal properties such as Amaranthus.
4.	Income generation will ensure that target beneficiaries broaden their food security base so that over - reliance on a single source of income is eradicated.

b.	Detailed description of activities

Maximum 9 pages.  Include the title and a detailed description of each activity to be undertaken to produce the results, justifying the choice of the activities and specifying where applicable the role of each partner (or associates or subcontractors) in the activities. In this respect, the detailed description of activities must not repeat the action plan (see section 1.9).

	Diagrammatic representation of the project concept
 

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

•	Facilitate formation of community based nutrition groups: The project will facilitate formation of 5 nutrition groups who will be trained in the preparation and processing of nutritious foods and diets for PLWHA. The groups will also be responsible for educating fellow community members on issues of nutrition.

•	Training of nutrition groups: Nutrition groups will be trained on locally available food stuffs and the relationship of nutrition to HIV/AIDS. The training will be conducted by health staff from Hospitals as well as the Biodiversity Community Network (BCN).

•	Analysis of diets of PLWHA: Experts will work together with members of nutrition groups to analyse diets of PLWHA in the area. Thereafter, World Food Programme (WFP) instruments will be used to identify ARV patients who require food assistance. 
 
•	Design of food packs: Equipped with analyses of diets of PLWHA, food packs will be designed by nutrition groups.

•	Purchase of food and organisation of logistics: The project will purchase food stuffs based on the EC’s procurement procedures. Appropriate information systems will be applied in the procurement of foodstuffs and subsequent processes. 

•	Distribution and monitoring of distribution and utilisation of food packs: Keepers The country Foundation in close collaboration with the WFP has been involved in distributing foodstuffs and seeds to communities affected by drought and HIV/AIDS in Western province. This experience will be handy in organisation of logistics and monitoring systems for distribution and utilisation of food packs to beneficiaries in this project.

2.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families.

•	Awareness for VCT: The project will facilitate awareness creation campaigns for potential beneficiaries of the project to undergo Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT). The campaign for VCT will also serve as the awareness for the project in the area. Project staff will use this opportunity to explain the scaling up of existing initiatives. Methods for awareness creation and campaign will include drama sessions by local groups, awareness meetings and role plays

•	Facilitating mobile VCT: In collaboration with the New Start Centre (NSC), mobile VCT sessions will be conducted across the target area. Those whose results will be positive to HIV/AIDS will be automatic beneficiaries of the project

•	Promotion of ART among PLWHA: The first intervention for the target beneficiaries is the linkage for Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART). Apart from those that will be tested after the awareness for VCT, some beneficiaries will already be aware about their status. The project will also take these on board. The project will also directly target households that are hosting chronically ill persons to benefit from the project.

•	Facilitate formation of 10 support groups of PLWHA: Some of the PLWHA will be mobilised into support groups that will lead the process of campaigns for VCT and ART. The support groups will also coordinate Home Based Care (HBC) programmes in the target area.

•	Training for CPTs on care and support to PLWHA: The project will exploit existing collaboration with the Ministry of Health Authorities at the District and at Hospital to train Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and local stakeholders: In order to enhance the effectiveness of CPTs, the project will facilitate a deliberate campaign to link these to local leaders including headmen, chiefs, religious leaders, politicians and any other persons of influence. 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and other support institutions: The project will ensure that all the relationships with development actors in the district and province are shared with local structures created and facilitated in the target area. To this end, local CPTs will be introduced to organisations like the District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), District Health Management Team (DHMT), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO), The country Health Education and Communication Trust, The country Users of ARVs, Network of people living with HIV/AIDS in The country and many such others.

3.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

•	Training in sustainable agriculture methods: As a long term measure to ensure household food security among PLWHA and their families, the project will encourage use of low cost and sustainable agricultural methods such as agro forestry and potholing. The Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) will deliver appropriate training on various sustainable agricultural methods and techniques.

•	Training in crop diversification: MACO will also conduct training in crop diversification both for increased diversity in foodstuffs as well as for generation of income. 

•	Training in production, processing and preparation of indigenous food products: In line with diversification of foodstuffs, the project will promote not just production but processing and preparation of such foodstuffs. The choice of these crops will be informed by the analysis that experts will recommend from a nutrition point of view. Experts from BCN, MACO and MoH will be key in this activity.

•	Training in off-season farming: The area around 2nd district is prone to (partial) drought. This fact coupled with the need to increase the productivity of households with PLWHA calls for agricultural production throughout the year. The project will train beneficiaries in off-season production of vegetables, green maize and any other crops for food and income.

•	Facilitate establishment of seed revolving mechanism: One of the most important inputs for sustainable food security is seed. The project will facilitate establishment of a revolving seed supply mechanism. The idea will be to provide a conducive environment for supply and availability of good quality and affordable seed and planting materials on a timely and sustainable basis. The management of the seed revolving scheme will be done by agricultural and income generation Interest Groups that will be formed in the area. Establishment of the scheme will involve training of seed growers and traders. MACO will be key in delivering this activity.

•	Supply of seed to the seed revolving scheme:  Once adequate capacity has been built in IGs, the project will provide initial seed on a one - off basis. Thereafter, MACO and project staff will offer technical back-up support to ensure sound management of the scheme in the second season.


4.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

•	Facilitate identification of viable economic opportunities in the area and beyond: Project staff will facilitate identification of viable economic activities in the area and beyond among members of households with PLWHA. The role of staff from the project at this stage will be information provision and facilitation of the process.

•	Facilitate formation of interest groups:  Based on viable business ventures identified by family members of PLWHA, interest groups (IGs) will be formed. These IGs will draw action plans on how they will exploit the identified economic opportunities at household and group levels. 
 
•	Training in business, marketing and technical skills: The project will facilitate training of members of IGs in business and marketing skills as well as technical aspects of the particular economic ventures of their choice. Some of the ventures that may be identified (based on past experience in the area) include livestock and mushroom production.

•	Training of community based volunteers: The project will attempt to inculcate a strong spirit of volunteerism among member of 2nd district community. Apart from support groups and CPTs, teams of local persons will be assembled to provide technical support to livestock owners, crop farmers and business persons. Community Livestock workers (CLWs) will be trained through the Department of Animal Health to provide support to keepers of small livestock while Community Development workers will take care of agricultural and business concerns of local households.
 
•	Linkage to financial institutions: The need for additional capital is often identified as a major constraint to promotion of business among rural people. The project will link vibrant IGs to Micro finance Institutions (MFIs) within the province. The MFIs will provide savings and credit services among IGs to enable them grow their businesses.

5.	Project management

•	Inception workshop: Prior to starting the project, an inception workshop will be held involving all key stakeholders and participants in the projects. The workshop will serve to build a common understanding of the major concepts, procedures ands targets for the project. The workshop will also serve to develop an appropriate Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system for the project. A work plans as well as roles and responsibilities of each participating organisation will be clarified. 

•	Review and planning workshops: Representatives from community based structures, collaborating organisations and members of staff of the project will meet quarterly to review progress and plan for each of the four quarters. 
 
•	Baseline survey: At the onset of the project, a baseline survey will be conducted to determine the status of each of the indicators of progress outlined in the log frame as well as those that project stakeholders may wish to add during the inception workshop. The baseline survey will set benchmarks for future measurement of progress during and after the project intervention.

•	Mid term evaluation: After the tenth month, the project will undergo a mid term evaluation to take stock of progress thus far with a possibility of adjustment to the approach, targets and other aspects of the project based on experience. This evaluation will also identify aspects of the project that will require further support beyond this particular initiative 

•	End of project evaluation: at the conclusion of the project, an end of project evaluation will be undertaken to close out the project and recommend further action to local community members and partners as well as collaborating organisations and institutions.

•	Training of all community groups in participatory monitoring systems: All the community based groups that the project will facilitate will undergo some training in participatory monitoring and evaluation. In this way, the monitoring system for the project will be internalised by the community and its structures and will remain useful long after the project has phased out

c.	Methodology

Maximum 4 pages.  Detailed description of:
i.	Methods of implementation and reasons for the proposed methodology

The methodology used in this project places emphasis on building strong local structures from the start of the project. These structures will be involved in the planning and implementation of project activities as well as the monitoring and evaluation of the same and the results arising from these activities. The project aims to inculcate a spirit of volunteerism among members of the community. A volunteer from ICA will be attached to the project for the whole duration of the project.

The project also takes on board collaborating institutions and organisations that will remain to provide various services to project beneficiaries beyond the life time of the project. Figure 2 (below) is a diagrammatic representation 

The concept of the CFSP is founded on the premises that there are sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS in 2nd district area. The entry point for the project will therefore be promotion for VCT through meetings, drama and sports among other methods. 

The project will also conduct mobile VCT sessions with the New Start Centre and The country Health Education and Communication Trust. The members of the community that will test positive will be encouraged to participate in activities of the project and some will form support groups (SGs) and care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). The project will also target households with people that are chronically ill. The target group for the project will therefore be households with PLWHA and the PLWHA in particular.

Apart from SGs and CPTs, the project will facilitate formation of Nutrition Groups (NGs) from among the target households. The SGs will be trained in various aspects of nutrition and how it affects HIV/AIDS. Experts will deliver various training sessions to SGs to, among other things, enable them analyse diets of PLWHA and recommend suitable food packs which the project will provide in the short term.



Community Based Structures among households with PLWHA


					
				
Support Groups 



	
	    Nutrition Groups					Care & Prevention Teams 




				Com Development Facilitators 
				       
					Interest Groups

				   Community Livestock workers





Using the recommended food pack and diets, food stocks will be purchased using EC procurement guidelines. Th Foundation will rely heavily on experience in handling food distribution programmes under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). interaction with World Food Programme in distribution of food under the Disaster Management an Mitigation Unit (DMMU) will also be essential at this stage.

For the sake of the long term, the project will build capacity for target households to produce a diverse range of food crops in adequate quantities. Timely availability of good quality and affordable seeds will be facilitated through a revolving seed supply scheme managed by community members themselves. Rearing of small livestock such as goats and pigs will be promoted on a pass-on-the-gift basis which has worked very well in Western and Central provinces. Strong linkages will be established with the MACO and local capacity will be built to ensure continuous technical support through identification and training of CLWs and CDFs.

The project will also support development of entrepreneurship that will enable target households identify and exploit viable business opportunities. Linkages will be facilitated with micro finance institutions (MFIs) to service those households that will need additional capital to grow their businesses. As MFIs are institutions in their own right, it is expected that they will continue servicing members of the community beyond the lifetime of the project.

In facilitating availability of suitable and adequate amounts of food for PLWHA, the projects will promote, first and foremost, indigenous, locally available and low input crops, vegetables and fruits. The BCN have carried out research on most of these foods in terms of dietary value over the past ten years. The CFSP will therefore aim to integrate these findings in the design of food packs for households with PLWHA as well as in the production of these crops for the medium and long terms. 

The CFSP is also based on the experience of all three organisations participating in the preparation of the project concept. While ICA bring the international experience to the project particularly in the response to HIV/AIDS pandemic, have gathered some considerable experience in design and implementation of livelihood projects in six of The country’s nine provinces. The consortium can also boast of experience in implementing humanitarian initiatives through the European Commission Humanitarian Aid Office (ECHO) and the government’s Disaster Management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU). ICA belong to a network of 15 NGOs which provides a rich reservoir of technical information and expertise. 

An important part of the project approach is the strong link between the project and permanent service providers. The already existing linkages with the MACO, DATF and MoH will be strengthened. Linkages will also be created and strengthened with other players.

The involvement of local communities and groups in the monitoring and evaluation of project activities and outcomes is an important capacity building aspect of the CFSP. ICA has employed this approach where communities have been empowered to make informed decisions about development activities in their areas.

ii.	Where the action is the prolongation of a previous action, explain how the action is intended to build on the results of this previous action 

The CFSP will be scaling up the work that has been going on over the past 2 years financed by ICA. The project has been working with 200 households with PLWHA. Through the facilitation of the project, 189 people have undergone VCT. Five (5) CPTs have been formed and trained but 10 more will be needed for the new initiative and the strengthening of existing ones will be required.

In the process of carrying out these activities, strong linkages were established with the Ministry of Health (MoH), Hospital and Clinic. These vital relationships will be strengthened under this project. 

The CFSP will use the already sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS done mainly through the project so far. Issues of Food and HIV/AIDS have also been addressed to some extent over the past 2 years and this project will only be scaling up on the same.

In terms of agricultural activities, 130 people have received training in sustainable agriculture and funds have already been secured to provide them with seeds for the season 2006/07. 

iii.	Where the action is part of a larger programme, explain how it fits or is coordinated with this programme. Please specify the potential synergies with other initiatives, in particular from the EC
The CFSP is not a part of a larger programme

iv.	Procedures for follow up and internal/external evaluation

Before the start of the project, all stakeholders will meet to build a common understanding of the project and to streamline the roles of each player. The inception workshop will also review and plan major activities for the project.

In order to empower the target group in decision making, the project will train selected members of the community in Participatory monitoring and evaluation. The design of the project’s monitoring and evaluation system will build on the system established at community level.

A baseline survey will be carried out at the start of the project to benchmark the various indicators of progress elaborated in the logical framework. The baseline survey will be undertaken by independent consultants

Ten months into the implementation of the project, a mid term evaluation will be conducted to take stock of progress and recommend corrective measures and pick up issues that may not have been considered at the beginning of the project. The outcome of the mid term review will also inform organisations and people of 2nd district that would desire to intervene in future.

The project will conduct quarterly and annual reviews for stakeholders to review and plan progress. Participants in the quarterly and annual review meetings will include community members, project staff, partners and collaborators. At the end of the project, an end of project evaluation will be conducted.

v.	Description of the role and participation in the action of the various actors (local partner, target groups, local authorities, etc.), and the reasons for which these roles have been assigned to them. 

Each of the three organisations participating in implementing this project brings a variety of experiences to the table.

The Foundation

The foundation has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented as an alternative means to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD in conjunction with the Government of the Republic.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership .


The ICA has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Capital city Province 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for PLWHA area in Capital city Province for orphans widows and vulnerable children 
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families 
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project in Central province
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project in in Central Province with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS


ICA

ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme,
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women, 
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, Tanzania 
•	2005-2006: African ICAs HIV/AIDS Initiative (two workshops,)
•	2005-2006: Pilot of Living Well with HIV/AIDS 

With this background, THE ORG will be responsible for:

•	Overall coordination of project activities
•	Manage finances as per EC requirements
•	Employ two Field Officers
•	Host the volunteer from ICA
•	Manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for:

•	Coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the MoH, MACO, DATF, ZHECT, NSC, BCN, AARVU etc
•	Employ the Project Coordinator


ICA will be responsible for:

•	Placement of a Volunteer
•	Capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project and THE ORG




vi.	Team proposed for implementation of the action (by function: there is no need to include the names of individuals here)


No.
	
Title	
Role

A. Salaried Personnel

1	
Project Coordinator (full time)	
Coordination of the project 

2	
ICA Volunteer (full time)	Providing technical support to the project and staff of the project 

3	
Programme Officer-THE ORG (20%)	
Liaison with the donors and partner organisation & collaborating institutions/organisations

4	
Accountant-THE ORG (30%)	
Providing sound financial management for the project

5	
Field Officers X2 (full time)	
Frontline staff working with communities

B. Voluntary Personnel

1	
Community Livestock Workers	
Technical support to livestock owners

2	
Community Development Facilitators	
Technical support to local farmers on sustainable agriculture and business

3	
Care & Prevention Teams (15 made up of 10)	
Leading care for HIV/AIDS patients and prevention programmes against HIV/AIDS

4	
Nutrition Groups (5 made up of 5)	
Leading nutrition programmes for PLWHA in terms of production, processing and preparation of the same

5	
Support Groups (10 made up of 5)	
Groups of PLWHA organising others to address the various constraints faced by their peers

vii.	Main means proposed for implementation of the action (equipment, tools…)

The project will only have two means thus:

•	Motorbikes (X2 provided by and THE ORG) for the 2 Field staff
•	Bicycles (X 50) for CPTs and CDFs

The action plan must be drawn up using the following format:

Year 1
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 1: Improved nutritional status of PLWHA													
Community mobilisation													THE ORG & partners
Purchase & distribution of foodstuffs													THE ORG
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, , MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, , ICA, , 
Promotion of ART													THE ORG, , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													BCN, 
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteers, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													


Year 2
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, ZHECT, MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, 
Promotion of ART													THE , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteer, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													




2.	EXPECTED RESULTS

2.1	Expected impact on target groups/beneficiaries

Maximum 2 pages.  Indicate how the action will improve:
1.1.1	the situation of target groups/beneficiaries

•	An increase of at least 50% in food production at household level by direct beneficiaries
•	At least 75% of direct beneficiaries accessing three meals per day 
•	Improved nutritional status among 500 PLWHA
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households growing at least 3 major food crops of nutritive value by the end of 2 years
•	Basic business training for  200 people 
•	More than 50 of the beneficiaries successfully go through a 3 months nutrition programme
•	Increased cash incomes (by 50%) for at least 200 of the PLWHA and their families
•	At least 200 people undergoing VCT per year
•	At least 100 introduced to ART per year

1.1.2	the technical and management capacities of target groups and/or any partners where applicable.

•	More than 10 support groups formed with ability to coordinate development initiatives with minimum external support
•	Strengthened capacity of 5 Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs)
•	Improved technical knowledge and skills among 200 households in agriculture and business to sustain their livelihoods in the midst of the impact of HIV/AIDS
•	Increased technical skills and knowledge by 600 people and 100 households in the production and preparation of indigenous nutritious food crops 
•	Improved skills and knowledge by 10 support groups and 15 CPTs in coordinating and monitoring community based nutrition and HIV/AIDS related initiatives  
•	Increased networking among community based groups in addressing issues of nutrition and HIV/AIDS
•	Improved capacities of implementing partner NGOs in organisational management and ability to meet the needs of beneficiaries


2.2	Concrete outputs

Maximum 1 page. Be specific and quantify outputs as much as possible. Indicate notably foreseen publications.

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group


2.3	Multiplier effects

Maximum 1 page. Describe the possibilities for replication and extension of the action outcomes.

•	The two The countryn NGOs participating in this project are working in other areas of The country namely; Western, North - Western, Central and Capital city Provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere in Africa and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the Ministry of Health (MoH), The country Health Education and makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. Additionally, is a member of the International NGO (INGO) forum which is another channel for sharing experiences
•	The target area of this p </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>28 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='28'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs  </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The proposed project aims to train approximately 400 women managers and leaders of  organizations about micro-finance principles, governance, financial management and accounting by Feb. 15, 2000. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs

A Project Proposal 
Submitted to:
By:
Institute of Cultural Affairs (ICA) 



1. Background
There have been various programs to uplift the status of women in the country. It is felt that the empowerment of women can be achieved best by improving economic condition. The improved economic condition is supposed to penetrate other dimension, especially leadership development and decision power both in household level as well as community level.

The institutions are supposed to enhance the economic condition of the people. So many projects aim to include women in micro-finance organization. Most of the micro finance organizations are doing very well but still they lack system and human resources necessary for the sustainability. The institution so far has been running smoothly because of the strong will power and commitment of the participants rather than well-developed system and appropriate human resources.

It is thus realized that Micro-Finance Institutions, in particular women's organizations , need to develop the systems and human resources required to increase their outreach and improve their sustainability.

The proposed project aims to train approximately 400 women managers and leaders of  organizations about micro-finance principles, governance, financial management and accounting by Feb. 15, 2000.
  
2. Objectives
The proposed project aims to develop the skill of women leader and manager in the field of micro finance management. The specific objective of this project is as follows:
•	To train 400 women leaders and managers to saving and credit organizations management proper accounting system, financial management.
•	To enhance their leadership skill in terms of human resources.
•	To help establish in SCOs, easy and proper accounting system.
•	To develop the accounting system for SCOs that can be managed even by general literate women.
•	To established a system of participatory self-evaluation in SCOs.  

3. Project Area & Beneficiaries
The proposed project aims to train 400 women leaders and managers from various SCOs belonging to Eastern, Central, Western and Far-western of the region and promoted by the women's empowerment program. However CMF will be requested to identify the SCOs to be invited in the training as well as in the stage of participant selection. The participants of the training would be those leading women  and account holder person who are eligible (fit) according to the criteria given by CMF.

4. Output
The major output of the proposed project would be as follows:
a) Product Output
- 400 women leaders and managers of SCOs will be trained on various aspects of micro-finance institutions by 15th Feb. 2000.
- 400 manuals will be distributed among 400 participants in the training course. The manual will include various aspects of SCOs as well as financial management system,
- 32 resource persons will have command in their field. They will get chance to have more experience.

b) Process output
- At least 50% of the trainers will be women experts in their respective field.
- The institutions will have expertise in micro finance institutions.
- Entirely new technique (method) of project evaluation will be adopted which will certainly be the landmark in project evaluation.

5. Methodology:
A brief explanation of the main activities  necessary to achieve the output outlined above are as follows:

a. Selection of the participant:
For this kind of training, participant should be quite literate and responsible person either being leading figures of the organization or account holder (keeper). However, participants will be selected before September 10 with the help of concerned SCOs according to the criteria given by CMF. All the SCOs will be informed through letter and advertisement in newspaper. They will be requested to nominate the participant on behalf of their organization. They will be informed clearly of the criteria of selection as well. The confirmation of the participants and the details of the training (venue, date and other necessary information) will be informed to the responsible person and organization in the due course of time.

b. Selection Resource Persons (Trainers)
Resource persons will be selected based on the subject matter and their expertise in respective field. There will be 16 trainers (Resource persons) altogether for the training and priority will be given to include as many as women trainer not less than 50% in aggregate. The services of the trainers will be confirmed by Sept. 15, 1999 and it will be duly reported to CMF.

c. Finalization of training course:
With the help of experts in the field of micro finance management, the proposed course of the training would be finalized. There will be one workshop to finalize the course content and related issues. The participants of this workshop will be trainers, experts from related field. The workshop will not only finalize the content of the training but also identify and finalize the resource materials as well. Priority will be given to make the resource materials more simple and the language will be provided the condition that all participants necessarily not to be highly educated. 


d. Training
Altogether there will be 16 training for 400 women leaders from various SCOs. Each training will be conducted for 6 consecutive days. Each training will comprise 25 participants. Each training will have four packages. Each training will be provided by 2 trainers. The training will be completed before 15th February 2000. The venue of each training will be decided in consultation. However, priority will be given to organize the training so as to be equal distant from each SCOs to be participated. Various methodologies will be used like Group Facilitation Methods (GFM) developed by ICA International. All participants will be provided the training manual along with necessary resource materials prepared. The necessary cost of each participant will be borne by this project. 

e. Evaluation of training  
The evaluation of the training course will be done at two levels. The first one will be during the course of training while the second one will be 2 months after the training. Both of these evaluations will be done with the help of ICA methods like basic discussion method, wall of wonder method, counter interaction method along with written feedback of the participants. The participants will fill a questionnaire both prior and after training so that the change in their understanding will help evaluate the training during training course.

After two month of the completion of the training, a team comprising trainer, representative from the organization and ICA will visit the training site and organize a workshop to evaluate the training. ICA technologies will be used to evaluate the training. The report of the evaluation will be submitted. This kind of evaluation will help to improve the similar training to be conducted in future. Some adjustments will be made in the training with the help of evaluation report.

6. Reporting
The reporting will be done in four phase. The first three reporting will be done during the training period. The inception report will be submitted immediate after beginning of training. It will include the activities undertaken till the first training from the very beginning.  The second brief report will be submitted to CMF in between the middle part of training i.e. after completing 8 training. These two reports will include the evaluation of the training to date; as well as financial report also. The third brief report will be submitted after completion of all training.

After completion of last (16th) training, ICA will prepare the final report of the project. The final report will include the final evaluation of the last training as well. So final report  will be submitted at the end of April 2000. It will include the audited financial report as well as photo report of the project.

7. Time Line
Project Activities/ Date	1999	2000
	Aug	Sept	Oct	Nov	Dec	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr
- Selection of participants
- Selection of trainers
- Finalization of course
   ( workshop)
- Training material preparation
- Training
- Evaluation of training
- Reporting
- Final report preparation &
   submission              
	






	





          
	




	




	




	




			

									
8. Budget
A. Training Cost (one training)
D.A. Trainer (7day / 2 persons/$.1200.00)			=$ 16 800

Travelling Cost (For Trainers)					= 6 000

Participant Remuneration (25 X $200 X 7)			= 35 000
(including travelling, lodging, snack and food)

Stationary (manual, handouts etc.)			
     (25 participants / $ 200 per head)				= 5 000

Training Materials (Markers, card etc,)				= 1 500
								___________
		Sub total (one training)				=$ 58 900

			For 16 training	 $ 58 900 X 16		 = $ 942 400

B. Workshop Cost
a. Course Evaluation (One day)
D.A. for participants
(32 trainers+4 experts X $ 500)				             = 18 000

Stationary							= 4 000

Snack								=   6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				$ 28 000

b. Workshop Evaluation (One day)
Resource Persons 3 X $ 1 500					= 4 500

D.A. for participants
(32 Participants $ 300)					             = 9 600

Stationary							= 4 000

Snack								= 6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				$24 100
									

C. Report Preparation
Report preparation cost (Training and Evaluation Reports)	= 15 000
(stationary, computer, typing, printing etc.)					

D. Audit							$ 10 000
Auditor charge
							
E. Personnel Cost
Coordinator (8 months/ $10 000)				  = 80 000
Support staff (8 months/ $ 5 000)		  		  = 40,000
								____________		
				Subtotal			$120 000

F. Administrative Cost
Travel / Communication					= 10,000
Stationary (Photo, slides etc.)					= 5 000
Limited contingency for inflation				= 10 000
								__________							Subtotal		$25 000	

Grand Total					            $ 1164 500

In Words: Eleven Sixty Four Thousands Five Hundred Only

9. Request:
ICA aims to carry out all 16 training or few as allocated. In that case, the budget will be recalculated as per the training course.

The Institute of Cultural Affairs 
The Institute of Cultural Affairs is an autonomous, non-profitable, non-political and non-governmental organization registered , Social Welfare Council and NGO Federation. It is a member organization of the Institute of Cultural Affairs International. ICA is one of the forties national ICAs established around the world.

ICA in the Country
ICAs activities are based on participation. As a national member of ICA International, ICA  aims to introduce the experiences of various ICAs including ICA International in the country context. The three major areas of activities of the ICAs are sustainable development, life-long education and organizational transformation. The ICAs have their own training modules developed for facilitation, participation and planning. 

Various Technology of Participation (ToP) methods developed by ICA such as Focused Conversation Method, Workshop Method, Strategic Planning Method etc. can be used to solve various problems in our region. These methods can be used from grassroots to corporate level. The ICAs training courses are useful for all development practitioners, particularly governmental and non- - governmental workers active in the field of development.

Apart from such training courses, the ICA principles are also being used to community development sector. The ICA works with the grassroots organizations and individuals to enable the integration of the Technology of Participation into their day to day activities. It helps in improving the quality of other government or NGO sectors by imparting quality training. 

Aims of ICA:
The aims of the ICA are as follows:
- To work for empowering indigenous community,
- To promote a culture of participation at all levels of society,
- To facilitate creative change in individual and groups by promoting socio-economic and cultural development, and
- To encourage people and groups to participate in alleviating poverty, unemployment and backwardness through cooperatives and micro credit.

Activities:
The ICA carries out various activities on Group Facilitation Methods, strategic and action planning and project-based programs. Following activities are undertaken by the ICA in the country.

1. Capacity Building:
The ICA focuses on building human resources and organizational transformation through participatory techniques. It organizes various courses so as to increase people's participation in development and to preserve their own culture and values conducive to creative development and change. The ICA also works in enhancing effectiveness in business community by imparting its knowledge on participatory planning. Similarly, various training courses on micro credit management and environmental management and sustainable development are also conducted.


2. Increasing Public Awareness on Health, Education and Environment:
The lack of public awareness in various sectors particularly health, education and environment has created various problems that undermine the development process in the country.  ICA focuses its programs to alleviate such problems by carrying out action oriented programs on such themes. ICA is also active in promoting children and women rights.

3. Adult Literacy Programs:
The group has initiated literacy classes in some rural areas. People belonging to lower caste group and ethnic minorities are particularly encouraged to participate in such classes. The class is conducted for 6 months. Apart from being able to read, write and calculate the participants are also trained on basic concept of health, nutrition, environment, human rights etc.

4. Community Development:
Some community development projects are commenced by the ICA integrating various issues such as income-generating activities, health, nutrition, family planning, environment etc. The basic objective of such projects is to help in establishing model villages in various parts of the country by integrating a holistic and participatory development approach. 

The ICA is also active in the field of drinking water and its quality management particularly in the rural area. The group demonstrates ways of quality treatment of drinking water among rural mass.

The ICA has carried out micro credit activities enabling poor people to carry out income generating activities such as pig and goat farming, rabbit raising, bee-keeping, tailoring, carpentry etc. This has enabled economically disadvantaged people to take part in entrepreneurial activities. 

An specific Foundation have provided financial assistance to ICA to launch credit and saving program at one district. The projects are undertaken to improve the living condition of so-called lower community. The project is expected to develop awareness among the community towards their role in the development of the area. All of these activities will be undertaken in a participatory way.	

Membership:
The ICA in our country has four types of membership i.e. advisory members, honorary members, associate members and full members. Only full members may apply for the executive committee in general bodies meeting.

The ICA has a 7-membered executive committee. The daily activities of the ICA are performed by a secretariat headed by the Chairman. The executive committee is advised by an advisory board comprising 5 members.

The group has a centrally located secretariat with basic physical facilities such as spacious office, computers, email etc.














July 27, 1999

Dear Ms. 

Referring to the information we got from you, we are happy to know that your organization is planning on organizing different training activities at the national level through collaboration with partner NGOs. ICA is a national member of ICA International and has been operating capacity development and community development activities in our country. I am pleased to inform you that ICA has already worked  in capacity development activities. 

Enclosed please find the proposal. We hope that this proposal fits into the interest and aims  and that you are prepared to discuss it with your colleagues and board members. Of course, we are interested in your questions and remarks on the proposal, so that we can also learn from your experiences in this sector.

We look forward to establish some form of cooperation and look forward your response.

Thank you in advance,

With kind regards,










 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>32 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='32'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Youth as Facilitative Leaders Application </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' > The project is an innovative approach to empowering local youth to create collaboration and action among their peers and the community as a whole. A key element to the project is training selected youth volunteers from local community service organizations to be trainers in ICA  Youth as Facilitative Leaders programme. These youth trainers will then deliver YFL workshops to their peers and mentor them in creating further collaboration in the community.
 </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Youth as Facilitative Leaders Application



Currently the Youth Centre is involved in developing the Youth Mentorship  project, a youth skills development programme in partnership with ICA. We are preparing to submit applications for Funds and Youth Intern programme to support this exciting project, but we are also interested in applying for the another Fund in order to finance some of the project development.

The project is an innovative approach to empowering local youth to create collaboration and action among their peers and the community as a whole. A key element to the project is training selected youth volunteers from local community service organizations to be trainers in ICA  Youth as Facilitative Leaders programme. These youth trainers will then deliver YFL workshops to their peers and mentor them in creating further collaboration in the community.

The second phase of the project involves an ecoMentors programme. Through this programme, high school youth will be trained as environmental education mentors to younger students.  This can be an additional means for some YFL-trained youth to apply their facilitation skills, but will also outreach to youth who may  not be involved in YFL.

Youth who are trained in YFL or ecoMentors can 
•	Generate effective team building in any work environment
•	Be more engaged in their communities in a peer mentorship capacity
•	Transform conflict and change obstacles into opportunities
•	Lead inspiring and effective group meetings that turn vision into action

The aim of the project is to build a network of youth with the skills and motivation to collaboratively create positive social change in our community.

Our grant request is for $ 8,000 to go toward the cost of contracting out to ICA two months of programme development for the project.

Sincerely,

	

Partner	ICA
	
 
Applicant Information
Legal Name of Applicant:	Youth Centre
Operating Name:	Youth Centre
Address:	
Contact person:	
Telephone Number:	
Type of organization:	a not-for-profit community -based organization for youth in the area

Project Description

ICA's Youth as Facilitative Leaders programme (YFL) along with ecoMentors programme and the Youth Centre have joined forces to create a youth empowerment project in the area.

Members of the community who knew about YFL suggested we bring the programme to The community. The local CFDC had identified a need for youth skills development through a strategic planning process and CFDC is looking to fund such initiatives in the region. 

The project begins with partnering with youth-serving organizations in The community. Youth from these organizations are trained as YFL instructors so that they can conduct training sessions for their peers using the YFL curriculum. 

The partner organizations provide opportunities for the Youth Trainers to apply ICA methods and arrange YFL sessions to be led by the Youth Trainers.

A Youth Intern is installed in The community in order to co-ordinate the project from a local vantage point.

Mid-way into the programme, youth who have had access to YFL either as trainers or trainees are invited to a Reinforcement Summit. This gives youth an opportunity to further develop their understanding of the methods while connecting with other youth in the community who are involved in YFL.

In addition to the YFL training, youth will be able to participate in further training through the ecoMentors programme. A partner will train the Youth Intern as a local ecoMentors animator who will train and support high school youth in delivering environmental education workshops to younger students.

In order to get the project established, several steps need to be taken in the development stage:
&#61555;	Research and apply for additional funding 
&#61555;	Identify and gather a team of Trainer-Mentors
&#61555;	Design curriculum for YFL training sessions 
&#61555;	Design curriculum for Train the Trainer sessions
&#61555;	Design curriculum for training the Trainer-Mentors
&#61555;	Research and develop partnerships among local youth-serving organizations
&#61555;	Recruit and train a local Co-ordinator (Youth Intern programme)

Objectives to be achieved and critical issues that the project will resolve
The objective of the development stage of the project is to ensure that all of the critical elements are in place in advance of the project’s start date. A primary focus will be on creating the training sessions and preparing the team of Trainer-Mentors. This will ensure that when the project begins, the structure is in place to begin training the Youth Trainers as soon as possible.

Project activities, work plan and time lines*
Activity	Work Plan	Time Line*
YFL Train the Trainers
Research and apply for additional funding	&#61555;	Identify potential funders
&#61555;	Contact relevant funding bodies
&#61555;	Make presentations to interested parties
&#61555;	Prepare and submit applications	&#61555;	On-going from January to March
Identify and gather a team of Trainer-Mentors
	&#61555;	Conduct outreach to ICA membership 
&#61555;	Recruit qualified individuals
&#61555;	Provide mentorship training	&#61555;	On-going from January to March
Design curriculum for all YFL training sessions	&#61555;	Recruit curriculum design team
&#61555;	Create curriculum	&#61555;	On-going from January to March
Research and develop partnerships among local youth-serving organizations	&#61555;	Identify potential partner organizations in The community
&#61555;	Make presentations to interested organizations
&#61555;	Begin selection process of Youth Trainers	&#61555;	On-going from January to March
Recruit and train a local GYM Co-ordinator	&#61555;	Advertise position
&#61555;	Conduct interviews
&#61555;	Train successful candidate	&#61555;	On-going from February to March
* Time line is contingent on when funds are received. 
Terms of reference for hiring the consultant
ICA has already taken on the role of partner within the GYM project and has signed a collaborative agreement with Youth Centre and a partner to outline the roles and responsibilities of each member of the collective.

In this agreement, we have agreed to delegate the design of the programme content to ICA, which would include the project development phase.

Consequently, ICA would be responsible for delivering all of the activities listed above.

Economic benefits and expected impact
Economic benefits: How the project will benefit the local or regional community
By developing the GYM project, we are creating the framework for the delivery of this exciting new initiative for youth in the The community region. The success of this project will result in increased youth involvement in our community which will lead to a range of economic benefits. These benefits include a population of youth who have more advanced skills in collaboration which can be applied in any setting including work, school and community.  This can result in better job readiness for youth in addition to further engagement in community development throughout The community.

Youth who are more actively involved have a higher potential for remaining in the community which results in a larger population of professionally developed youth. Keeping youth interested and engaged results in a number of economic and social benefits such as maintaining a young workforce, creating increased community pride and ownership as well as more environmentally aware citizens.

 
Costs and financing
One month*
Item	Project Costs	Cash and In-Kind Contributions
Project consultant	3,650	
Travel and accommodation to The community	350	
Project supervisor		2,500
General office expenses		4,15
TOTAL Monthly Costs	4,000	2,915
TOTAL Grant Request for 2 months of project development	8,000	

* Our request is for 2 months of the project development—February and March, each month with the same cash flow.
 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>33 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='33'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Rehabilitation Building for Elderly People </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The primary purpose of this project is to construct rehabilitation and treatment centre for elderly people. The program will be launched in a participatory way where community people are fully involved. Sustainability is achieve through the mobilisation of the stakeholder and strengthening their capacity in both technical and non-technical aspect. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Rehabilitation Building for Elderly People


Background: 

The country is a beautiful with enormous natural heritage and historical monuments. Courage, labour, discipline and honesty is a characteristic of the people. It has faces some social and economic difficulties by which forty nine percent of the total population still lies beyond the poverty line. Only 24% of women are literate out of 54%. Most of the people are far from maintaining their basic need. Unemployment and poverty is prominent in the country. 

The area of the country is 150000 Sq. Km. The total population is 25 million. 60% people are elderly at sixty plus and is increasing more rapidly than the normal population rate. The Majority of the older people is women, over 60% of the people are still economically active and they are live in rural areas. Many are engaged in agriculture and other informal work with no saving and no access to pension schemes. Even they are active, they have not had respect and sufficient food and health facilities from their own family members and the society. Poor older women are facing both age and gender discrimination, they have little decision making power and low status which restricts their mobility and their access to income generating opportunities outside the household. 

Ageing is one of the most important and challenging issues of the 21st century. Due to poverty and attraction of nuclear family system, most of the elderly people have compulsion to leave their own houses and their children are separated. So the elderly people have faces many problems. They have no access to property and other basic facilities. They are neglected from house and society. They are suffering from many problems such as health-related, economic, social negligence, psychological, family discriminating etc. 

Elderly people have the ideas, skills and accumulated a wealth of experiences, by them they can contribute to their families and the community, however, their idea knowledge and feelings are rarely incorporated at the time of the development of national and local level programmes. So their status of is worse, they are far from the basic health facilities, sufficient meal and no pension scheme made them frustration from the life. Realising the problems of elderly people, importance of their experiences and respects of them, ICA has been involved in several community development works and is proposing to construct a building for Rehabilitation and Treatment of elderly people. For this project local people have already provided the land for the construction. In the area, free health check-up, medicines distribution and other related facilities have been provided by the local doctors, nurses and other people effectively .

Project area and target group

The project area has an area of 1606 sq. km and total population of the district is 633042 where as the number of elderly people is 37983. The target group is elderly people in the municipality who are economically and socially deprived and live in measurable condition. 
 
Objectives:
The project has following objectives:
•	Construction of the building for Rehabilitation and treatment of 50 Elderly People
•	To provide the health facilities for 1000 elderly people in every month
•	To conduct mobile health camp 
•	Formation of Older People's Association (OPA's)
•	Awareness campaign for local  people 

Project approach:

The primary purpose of this project is to construct rehabilitation and treatment centre for elderly people. The program will be launched in a participatory way where community people are fully involved. Sustainability is achieve through the mobilisation of the stakeholder and strengthening their capacity in both technical and non-technical aspect. It is urgent to boost up their morale and wipe out their negative self image with the example of their past success stories. Once they are empowered and animated, they can be the change agents to shape their own development. There is a great need of this kind of program in the project area. Initially, there will be formation of one group with 15 active elder people and the program will be implemented with the help of the group. We are also going to introduce new concept of older people's association (OPA's). Such kind of organisation is already working effectively in other countries which is very popular. This type of association advocates the human rights of elderly people and it creates pressure group for improving the life styles of them and does various community development works especially for elderly people. 

Project activities:

During the project period, following activities will be carried out

Construction of two storied building for Rehabilitation and Treatment 
The main purpose of this project is to build the two storied building within one year. The capacity of the building will be 50 elderly people (25 women + 25men). There will be 20 bedrooms, 4 bathrooms, 6 toilets, 2 kitchen, 2 dining hall, 2 servant rooms and 2 rest rooms. There will be a garden for recreation in front of the building. Local people are already provided land for the construction of building.

Providing Medical Facilities in every month
There will be regular medical check up for 1000 people in every month. Since 2 years, the health checkup has been carried out regularly by local doctors and nurses. In these days, more than 600 elderly people are taking facilities regularly. The medical check up will be carried out two hours a day. There will be 5 doctors and 5 nurses for medical check up. After doing medical check up necessary medicines will be distributed at free of cost. Some necessary equipment will be purchasing during the project period.

Conducting mobile health camp 
Several mobile health camps will be conducted massively in the whole district. At that time awareness campaign about the issues of environment, health, sanitation, HIV/AIDS etc will be exhibiting. Video's show, film, documentary, street drama, postering and pamphleting will be done village to village by scaling out approach. In the mobile health camp medical check up and medicines will be distributed at free of cost. There will be 2 doctors and nurses for medical check up. 

Formation of Older People's Association (OPA's)

For the empowerment of the elder people and uplift their living status there will be formation of older people's association (OPA's). Such kind of organisation is already working in other countries and is very popular.  In the initial stage members will be the participants of rehabilitation center. Slowly it will be lunched district-wise and then nationwide. This type of association advocates the human rights of elderly people and forms pressure group for improving the life styles of them for their better. They will also encourage the NGO's to include the elderly people in their program.

Awareness campaign for local people 
There will be several awareness campaigns for local people. The awareness campaign will be organised every month. The theme of the campaign will be promotion of OPA's. Three street dramas will be exhibited on the promotion of OPA's. Posters and pamphlets will be massively exhibiting and distributing throughout the project period. There will be two mobile counseling services to raise their self-confidence.

Monitoring and Evaluation

The programme will be implemented by participatory approach. Every three months monitoring will be carried out by field visit, interaction with field coordinator, stakeholders and local authorities. At the end of the programme, donor consultant (if possible), central staff, field coordinator, stakeholders and local authorities will evaluate the whole programme. Workshop method, focus group discussion, direct observation, interviews and other relevant participatory tools will be used at the time of evaluation. At the beginning of the programme the indicators of monitoring and evaluation will be developed jointly by concerned groups. We will request to donor to monitor and evaluate the programme. 

Reporting 

The report of the project activities will be submitted to the donor. After first three months inception report will be submitted, similarly mid term report and final report will be submitted at the six months and at the end of project period respectively.

Logistic Support

ICA will assure provision of the following major logistic support.
•	Provide office space in the area and other supports during the project period.
•	Facilitate needed office supplies for secretarial and administrative services. 
•	Provide the project a computer and printer and accessories supports such as e-mail, fax etc.

Staffing
The project staff during the programme will be hired as follows:
Project Coordinator- 1
Field Coordinator-1
Accountant and Administration 1
Facilitators- 2
Assistant- 1

Project Duration 

The project will be conducted for one year. Once the donor accepts the proposal the activities of the project will be started. The work will be carried out as follows:


S.N.	Activities	Months
		1-3	4-6	7-9	10-12
1
Office establishment and staff recruitment				
2.
Construction of the building for Rehabilitation and treatment of 50 Elderly People				
3.
Conducting mobile health camp 
				
4.
Formation of Older People's Association (OPA's)
				
5.
Awareness campaign for local people (promotion of OPA's concept)
Awareness campaign	
			
6.
Inception report				
7.
Mid term report				
8.
Final report				
Budget: 
S.N.	Activities	Amount
1.	Land for construction ( Local contribution ) 
Construction of 2 storied building for Rehabilitation and treatment of 50 Elderly People	
 600,000
4000,000
2.	Regular free health check up for 1000 elderly people in every month (Local contribution)
5 doctor x 12 month x 4000per doctor=240000
5nurse x 12 month x3000per nurse=1,80,000
medical equipments=30,000
medicine=50,000
Sub total=500000	

500,000
3.	Conducting mobile health camp
2 doctorsx2000 per doctorx12 months=48000
2 nursesx1000 per nursex12 months=24000
medicines=70,000
transport=20,000
Sub total=162000	162,000
	Formation of Older People's Association (OPA's)
2 facilitatorsx3000 per facilitator x 2 days=12000
50 participants x 300 daily allowance x 2 days=30,000
Donation for starting=20000
Sub total=27000	62,000
	Awareness campaign for local people (promotion of OPA's concept)
Publication of posters and pamphlets 1000 copy x 50=50000
Street drama 6 x  15,000=90000
Mobile counseling services 2 persons x 20,000 x 2 
= 40000
Sub total =180000	180,000
	 Head  office cost 
Auditing and Reporting  =                      50,000
Transportation of head office staff =      50,000
Stationery =                                             50,000
Monitoring and Evaluation =                   50,000
Sub Total =  200,000	
200,000
	Total	5704,000

Total                          		 5704,000 
Local Contribution 		1100,000 
Grant 				4604,000 


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>35 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='35'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >YOUTH VOLUNTEERING OPPORTUNITIES
PART-TIME OPPORTUNITIES
APPLICATION FORM </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >Through our Young Community Leaders project, ICA will recruit and deliver four pilot community leadership training programmes for approximately 60 young volunteers over two years.  
By attending these training programmes volunteers will not only have fun and meet other young people interested in making a positive contribution to their local community, but will also learn valuable skills, including how to: map and use the resources that their neighbourhood has to offer; develop a Vision for their community; work effectively in partnership with young people and adults; get other young people involved in community projects; and plan and implement strategic community projects and events. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >YOUTH VOLUNTEERING OPPORTUNITIES
PART-TIME OPPORTUNITIES
APPLICATION FORM
Grant Reference number
(for internal use only)	
Name of organisation applying 
for a grant	ICA

 
PART-TIME VOLUNTEERING OPPORTUNITIES
This form must be used by organisations applying to deliver Part-Time Youth Volunteering Opportunities. 
When completing the form please take care to read the Guidance Notes so that you are clear as to the sort of information we are looking for.  Applications will be assessed solely on the information given on this Application Form.  
Your answers can be word-processed or handwritten.  If typing please use a minimum 11pt typeface.   If handwritten, please make sure that they are easily legible and written in black ink.  Further copies of this form and the associated Guidance are available in electronic or hard copy format from the funding team 

You must submit two signed, hard copies of your application by the deadline.  However we would very much appreciate it if you would also send us a copy of your application in electronic format.  
Remember that you must also submit with your form a completed Applicant Details form. 
We have asked you, on the Applicant Details form, to send us a copy of your constitution or governing document.  Apart from your constitution (and, of course the Applicant Details form) please do not send any other additional material.

Please note that the deadline for receipt of completed forms is:
 12.30 pm on 28th July 2006

Forms received after this time will not be considered.
 
Application Form:
Part-Time Youth Volunteering Opportunities
Please outline below your plans for developing Part-Time volunteering opportunities.  
1.	When will your project start?
October 2006
2.	When will it finish?
September 2008
3.	What activities will the volunteers be undertaking?
Through our Young Community Leaders project, ICA will recruit and deliver four pilot community leadership training programmes for approximately 60 young volunteers over two years.  
By attending these training programmes volunteers will not only have fun and meet other young people interested in making a positive contribution to their local community, but will also learn valuable skills, including how to: map and use the resources that their neighbourhood has to offer; develop a Vision for their community; work effectively in partnership with young people and adults; get other young people involved in community projects; and plan and implement strategic community projects and events.  
The programme will begin with an introductory meeting so that potential young volunteers can make an informed and unpressured decision about whether they wish to participate.  All sessions will incorporate games and light meals to ensure that there is ample opportunity for young people to get to know each other and make friends, and will be based on an experiential education training model.  After some initial sessions focused on participants learning and practicing these community development skills, young volunteers will together plan and implement their own community project, chosen and designed by the group.  The aim of this community project will be to get more young people involved in the local community, for example a community sports or music festival.  Our experience leads us to believe that young people will interact with local community leaders, councillors, voluntary organisations, churches and media sources in the implementation of this community project.  
At the end of the training programme, young volunteers will create their own plan for continuing to use their new skills in the community.  This could include volunteering as a Young Community Leader within a local organisation (e.g. church, school or voluntary organisation) or by continuing to work with other project participants to create their own Young Community Leaders action group.  Our experience leads us to believe that at least half of the project participants will continue to volunteer on a regular basis in their community and several will help to train volunteers in subsequent training programmes.

4.	How do these relate to the activities that your organisation currently undertakes?
This project builds on the earlier work in ICA Youth Participation Programme, and is rooted in ICA’s global expertise in participation training and our experience of working with vulnerable young people in communities over the past forty years.  The training programmes are based on curricula developed and used by ICA through its Neighbourhood Academy programme, and intensive programmes developed by ICA with young people.  
The project also builds on ICA track record of coordinating quality training programmes for young volunteers.  Since 1981, our Volunteer  Programme has provided opportunities for personal growth and leadership development for young people.  Each year a small number of usually 1-year volunteer placements has been offered with local community development organisations worldwide, on projects that emphasise participation and self-help initiative. Many participants have remained involved as returned volunteers, managing and delivering the programme for subsequent generations of participants.  The proposed of our project is also based on our evaluation and learning from this programme.

This project will help to fulfil the goals of ICA Youth Participation Programme and our organisational mission.  Through this direct work with young people, we will ensure that more vulnerable young people have the knowledge, skills and confidence to speak up and make a positive contribution in their community, complimenting our existing organisational development work with voluntary youth organisations and our facilitation training courses for youth workers.  Our  project will enable young people to bring about change, so fulfilling ICA mission.  

In addition to the 60 participants and 4 Project Volunteers involved in this project, young people and adults in four geographic communities in two cities will benefit from this project.  Evidence of young people bringing about positive change in these communities will result in increased respect for young people in general and improved community cohesion.  In addition, potential host organisations in each community will benefit from the talents and energy of these skilled and passionate volunteers.  ICA will also benefit from this project as we will be able to pilot a process that we could then deliver in other geographic areas, expanding the impact of our work.  In addition we will have face-to-face sustained contact with a group of young people who could become involved in our own work and decision-making.  

5.	How many hours per week could an individual volunteer be involved?
3 hours per week (at weekly training sessions) plus additional preparation work in planning and implementing a community project.
6.	For how many weeks?
14 weeks, consisting of an introductory meeting, 12 weekly sessions and a graduation ceremony.  Young project participants would then be able to choose to continue volunteering in their community, either with a host organisation, through working on their own community improvement initiatives or through assisting ICA with delivering subsequent training programmes.  
7.	How many part-time volunteers will you recruit?
60 volunteers will participate in this project assisted by 4 young Project Volunteers.  However, we will recruit 80 volunteers (plus 4 Project Volunteers) to allow for a 25% drop-out rate.
8.	How will they be recruited?
ICA will recruit young volunteers by promoting the project amongst organisations working with young people in each particular geographic community.  These will include schools, colleges, faith-based organisations, youth clubs and recreational centres.  For these organisations, participating in this training programme will help the young people they work with make the transition from participant to volunteer.  We will also post flyers in local spots where young people gather, for example cafes, supermarkets and parks.  An initial introductory meeting will be held for young people interested in finding out more about the programme, to answer questions and to agree on session dates and times.  
Our experience leads us to believe that this dual recruitment approach (working with host organisations and public promotion) will be effective as it will ensure that the majority of vulnerable young people know about the project, whether they are involved or removed from local youth work efforts.  In addition, working with host organisations will ensure that many young people participating in the project will do so with the encouragement and support of youth workers who they already have a close relationship with.  
9.	v requires all funded opportunities to be registered on the National Volunteering Database. Do you currently register your opportunities on the National Volunteering Database? 
(please tick one)
YES, via local Volunteer Centre
YES, via own system 
NO
10.	How will they be supervised and supported?
A Project Coordinator, working on this project for two days per week, will support the young volunteers, with the help of a Project Volunteer (20% time).  The Project Coordinator will recruit participants and organise, deliver and evaluate each training programme.  This will include in-depth support to the young people as they plan and implement their own community project.  The Project Coordinator will be experienced in working with vulnerable young people in a participatory way and their role is likely to be filled by our current Youth Participation Programme Coordinator.  They will use their training expertise to create a safe, relaxed environment using non-threatening techniques and activities.  They will also encourage the group to reflect at the end of each session (both verbally and in a written format) and to offer feedback and suggestions.  At the end of each training programme, the Project Coordinator will help the young volunteers continue to use their skills in the community by assisting them with finding a suitable host organisation or by continuing to support the existing group as it meets and plans new initiatives together.
The work of the young volunteers will be celebrated through a public Graduation Ceremony at the end of each training programme.  Each young person will be encouraged to invite friends and family to this occasion, as well as local dignitaries, community leaders and media representatives.  Young people will receive a certificate detailing the number of hours they have volunteered and a goody envelope with a selection of vouchers to thank them for their efforts.
11. 	What steps will you be taking to address diversity in your recruitment and to tackle barriers to volunteering that some young people face?
Through this project, we will target vulnerable young people to work with: by “vulnerable” we mean young people living in poverty, experiencing ineffective parenting, or who have poor education or employment prospects.  We will build on our experience of working with young people with mental health issues, young people with disabilities, gay, lesbian and bisexual young people, young people who are homeless, and BME young people to ensure that our project is accessible to all.  For example, we will provide financial assistance to volunteers, covering transportation, childcare and other expenses, so that several potential barriers to volunteering are reduced for young people who are on a low income, have dependents or special needs.
We will also focus our efforts on disadvantaged communities with a high proportion of young people.  For example, the 2001 Census showed that approximately 20% of all people living in a specific city belong to an ethnic group other than white and 23% are between the ages of 12 and 24.  ICA has experience assisting organisations working in such disadvantaged areas and plans to build on these relationships to access a diverse set of young people.  
12. 	Please provide details of how young people are involved in the decision-making process of your organisation.
ICA is a Network organisation, consisting of young and adult members who guide the direction of our work.  Young people (aged under thirty) also sit on our Board  and on the Advisory Group to our Youth Participation Programme, influencing decision-making on a project, programme and organisational level.
Our Youth Participation Programme started in 2005 and, with the added experience of the Volunteer Service Programme, we continue to explore the most authentic ways to involve young people in programme delivery and in organisational decision-making.  Our aim is to create a core group of young people familiar and interested in our work who could then decide on the best ways for young people to influence our decision-making.  Our proposed Young Community Leaders project will enable us to develop this core group.
13.	How have young people been involved in the development of this application and how will they be involved in the planning, delivery and evaluation of the project?
Young members of our group and ICA have been involved in the development of this proposal and will provide feedback and suggestions on its implementation and evaluation, should it be successful.  In addition, the curriculum used within our project is based on an established set of resources developed by our sister ICA organizations that have been adapted based on the feedback of young people.
The aim of this project is to help young people gain the skills and confidence needed to become involved in project planning, delivery and evaluation.  Unfortunately we have learnt from our experience that vulnerable young people are often fearful of making such a contribution without training and in-depth support.  This project will equip young people with the skills and confidence they need to make this contribution.  During each training programme young people will learn how to choose, plan, implement and evaluate their own community projects and events.  After initial sessions, young participants will also be involved in delivering and facilitating session activities, such as games and group discussions.  At the end of each training programme, young people will be encouraged to assist with subsequent training programmes in their area and to contribute to curriculum development.  
14.	What accreditation will you offer? 

Organisation 1	NO			
Organisation 2	YES
Other volunteer relevant accreditation scheme from the National Framework for Awards in Non formal education settings (please specify). 

15.	Will this accreditation be offered by

Your organisation?	No
A partner organization?	Yes
If by a partner, who?	

16.	How will you ensure that young people receive support and encouragement to engage in further opportunities for more volunteering?
At the end of each training programme young volunteers will be encouraged to use their new skills within a local host organisation or to create their own Young Community Leaders action groups to plan and implement their own initiatives.  ICA Project Coordinator will support their efforts through regular meetings for a minimum of six months.  At this point we will consider with the volunteers the most appropriate and sustainable long-term solution to their support needs.  This could mean a continuation of support from ICA or support being provided by a local host organisation.  
By drawing on the lessons and experience of this programme in two cities, we hope to develop a training programme that we can continue to deliver to help other disadvantaged communities harness the support and energy of young volunteers.  

17.	How will your organisation raise the profile of young volunteers in your area?  And how will you engage with the press? 
Each of the programme events, including the young people’s community project and graduation ceremony, will be public and advertised to the public as well as to community and political leaders in the region and media representatives.  Young people will be encouraged to make these connections directly themselves so that they can continue to utilise them in subsequent initiatives.  We aim to engage with the press on a local level by sending regular press releases and invitations to events so as to leverage support and publicity for the project and for young people’s community improvement efforts.  
18.	How will you measure success and the impact of the project?
We will use the following indicators as a means to measure the success and impact of this project:
•	50% of all project participants are vulnerable young people
•	Young people’s confidence and skills in designing and implementing their own community projects increases
•	15 young people graduate from each training programme (60 young people in total).  Young people will graduate from the programme through attending a minimum of four sessions and assisting with planning and implementing the community event 
•	60% of all programme graduates continue to volunteer on a regular basis (at least monthly) six months after the end of their training
We will evaluate the project through a series of surveys and interviews before each training programme begins, immediately after each training programme finishes and six months after each training programme has finished.  Project participants and host organisations will participate in this evaluation process.  These surveys and interviews will enable us to assess: the vulnerability of young people participating in the project; changes in the confidence and skills of young volunteers; and changes in the frequency, quality and effectiveness of young people’s volunteering efforts.
We will adapt the evaluation methods we use (written surveys, interviews etc.) according to the needs and abilities of the individual we are approaching.  For example, we anticipate interviewing young people using Participatory Video techniques rather than asking them to complete written surveys, so that young people with low levels of literacy can contribute effectively (an approach that has previously proved successful).  If appropriate, we will also consider using some interactive group evaluation activities with young people.

In addition to these evaluation methods, a number of ongoing tools will be used throughout the project to measure and track whether the outcomes are being achieved.  The number of young people attending weekly sessions will be tracked through the use of participant sign-in sheets.  To enable us to adapt the training programme to continually meet the needs of young volunteers, participants will be asked to give verbal feedback and to complete an evaluation form at the end of every session.  These evaluation forms will be compiled into a report on each training programme.  
19.	What are your plans for the future sustainability of the project or what are your plans for an exit strategy?
We would like to use the learning from this pilot project to develop a national strategy of running similar training programmes in other government regions across the country. These could be run as a fee-for-service and/or as a grant-funded programme.  In addition to expanding the project we will continually monitor the existing project, for example meeting with the young people’s action groups on a monthly basis for at least six months to offer support.  We will consider the most sustainable way to provide this support, either through a host organisation or directly from ICA staff.
20.	Please provide information on how your organisation ensures compliance with relevant legislation such as Health and Safety, the requirements of the Disability Discrimination Act, Child Protection and any other relevant legislation. Please also provide details of insurance cover.
As it does with all our work, ICA Board and Management will ensure that this project consistently conforms to our Equal Opportunities, Health & Safety, Child Protection, Financial Procedures & Accounting, Continuing Professional Development and Disciplinary & Grievance Policies.  Risk assessments will be conducted where appropriate to ensure that our staff are equipped with the support that they need to deliver this project safely and to safeguard young people.  Our Board and Management are also in the process of ensuring that all our initiatives are in compliance with the Disability Discrimination Act.  We have a Child Protection Code of Conduct and ensure that all our staff and volunteers who have access to young people undergo a Criminal Records Bureau check on a regular basis.  
We have Employers Liability, Public Liability, Products Liability and Professional Indemnity insurance and our insurance brokers, have been informed about the type of work that we do with young people.
21.	How would you rate your reputation with potential and actual partners?  Please give examples to support this.
We have an extremely good reputation for meaningful and creative work with our potential and actual partners.  Despite minimal promotion (due to time restrictions) for partners for a project funded by the B. Foundation, ten groups expressed interest in our work and several are in the process of finding funding to allow us to work with them.  
Previous partners have written to thank us for our assistance around youth participation. A voluntary organisation in the city, wrote to us about an Away Day that we facilitated for their young people, volunteers, staff and managers: “The day was well received and valued by all involved and positive feedback was given by all who attended.”  The Manager at Peer Support Project, an organisation working with gay, lesbian and bisexual young people told us: “You have worked really well with a group of young people who are extremely difficult to focus and have high support needs.”  The Youth Involvement Manager told us that they appreciated our “highly participatory and creative approach, both to helping young people to contribute to discussions in a meaningful way, and to working with us in designing, planning and implementing our event.”

22.	Please provide a Project Plan, with a timeline, showing the stages by which you will implement your proposals.  This will be used to help us monitor your project.  (This may be provided on a separate sheet)
Project Plan attached.  


23.	Please detail the expected outputs of your volunteer project.
Number of opportunities created	60 part-time & 4 Project Volunteers
Number of young people recruited	80 plus 4 Project Volunteers
 
24.	Expenditure
Please give a breakdown of your costs under the following headings.  In each case please give an indication of how the costs have been calculated.   
Expenditure head	Year 1
$	Year 2
$
Staffing costs
Project Coordinator: 40% time x $23021pa + $2321 NI (with 5% increase in Year Two)	
10138	
10672
Volunteer Recruitment: Design assistance for flyer ($500); printing costs x 600 flyers ($250); recruitment visits to potential host organizations (3 trips x 4 locations x $40/trip)	
1110	
120
Staff travel: Travel to 20 sessions in 4 locations (Introductory meeting + 12 sessions + graduation ceremony + 6 follow-up visits) x $40/trip	
1600	
1600
Office costs: Stationery, photocopying, training manuals & materials ($500 per training programme); Email, phonecalls, text messages & postage ($100 per training programme); Venues, snacks & refreshments ($600 per training programme); Goody envelopes for volunteers ($375 per training programme).  	
3150	
3150
Management and overheads: Calculated at $3750 per FTE staff person annually, to include professional services, office rent & utilities, and management & administrative staff.  Rising by 5% in Year Two	
1500	
1575
Equipment costs: Video camera & software for recording community projects and participatory evaluation activities ($1500 in Year One)	
1500	
0
Accreditation: Operating Licenses ($90); Training for staff ($300); Youth Achievement Award booklets ($3200); Other materials ($100); Moderation and Consultancy ($1950).	
3035	
2605
Volunteer expenses: Travel, childcare and other support needed estimated at $75/session x 20 sessions x 4 locations	
3000	
3000
Other  
If there are other costs that are not covered elsewhere add - and explain 
them here	
0	
0
Total sum requested	
25033	
22722
Cost per volunteering opportunity: 15 volunteers will graduate from each training programme.  In addition, a part-time Project Volunteer will support each training programme.  	
782	
710
 
Referees
Please give the names and addresses of two people who can act as referees for the work of your organisation. If possible, also give email and phone contact details.
	Referee 1		Referee 2
Name			
Address					
Email	
Phone	
Position
DECLARATION
I confirm that I am authorised to sign on the behalf of the organisation and that all the information given in this application form and any annexes is true and accurate.
Name	
Position in organisation:	
Signed 	
Date	

Two signed hard copies of this form should be returned by 12.30pm on Friday 28th July 2006 to:


Checklist
1	A copy of the Applicant Details form?
2	A reference.
3	Are copies of your Applicant Details and your application form(s) available electronically if requested?
 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>37 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='37'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' > The proposed project aims to train approximately 400 women managers and leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations about micro-finance principles, governance, financial management and accountin. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs


A Project Proposal 



1. Background
There have been various programs to uplift the status of women. It is felt that the empowerment of women can be achieved best by improving economic condition. The improved economic condition is supposed to penetrate other dimension, especially leadership development and decision power both in household level as well as community level.

Micro-finance institutions are  supposed to enhance the economic condition of the people. So many projects aim to include women in micro-finance institution. Most of the micro finance institutions are doing very well but still they lack system and human resources necessary for the sustainability. Micro- finance institution so far has been running smoothly because of the strong will power and commitment of the participants rather than well-developed system and appropriate human resources.

It is thus realized that Micro-Finance Institutions, in particular women's Saving & Credit Organizations (SCOs), need to develop the systems and human resources required to increase their outreach and improve their sustainability.

The proposed project aims to train approximately 400 women managers and leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations about micro-finance principles, governance, financial management and accountin.
  
2. Objectives
The proposed  project aims to develop the skill of women leader and manager in the field of micro finance management. The specific objective of this project is as follows:
•	To train 400 women leaders and managers to Saving and Credit organizations SCO management proper accounting system, financial management.
•	To enhance their leadership skill in terms of human resources.
•	To help establish in SCOs, easy and proper accounting system.
•	To develop the accounting system for SCOs that can be managed even by general literate women.
•	To established a system of participatory self-evaluation in SCOs.  

3. Project Area & Beneficiaries
The proposed project aims to train 400 women leaders and managers from various SCOs. The SCOs will be invited to the training as well as in the stage of participant selection. The participants of the training would be those leading women of SCOs and account holder person who are eligible (fit) according to the criteria.

4. Output
The major output of the proposed project would be as follows:
a) Product Output
- 400 women leaders and managers of SCOs will be trained on various aspects of micro-finance institutions by 15th Feb. 2000.
- 400 manuals will be distributed among 400 participants in the training course. The manual will include various aspects of SCOs as well as financial management system,
- 32 resource persons will have command in their field. They will get chance to have more experience.

b) Process output
- At least 50% of the trainers will be women experts in their respective field.
- The institutions will have expertise in micro finance institutions.
- Entirely new technique (method) of project evaluation will be adopted which will certainly be the landmark in project evaluation.

5. Methodology :
A brief explanation of the main activities  necessary to achieve the output outlined above are as follows:

a. Selection of the participant:
For this kind of training, participant should be quite literate and responsible person either being leading figures of the organization or account holder (keeper). However, participants will be selected with the help of concerned SCOs according to criteria. All the SCOs will be informed through letter and advertisement in newspaper. They will be requested to nominate the participant on behalf of their organization. They will be informed clearly of the criteria of selection as well. The confirmation of the participants and the details of the training (venue, date and other necessary information) will be informed to the responsible person and organization in the due course of time.

b. Selection Resource Persons (Trainers)
Resource persons will be selected based on the subject matter and their expertise in respective field. There will be 16 trainers (Resource persons) altogether for the training and priority will be given to include as many as women trainer not less than 50% in aggregate. The services of the trainers will be confirmed by Sept. 15, 1999 and it will be duly reported.

c. Finalization of training course:
With the help of experts in the field of micro finance management, the proposed course of the training would be finalized. There will be one workshop to finalize the course content and related issues. The participants of this workshop will be trainers, experts from related field and representative. The workshop will not only finalize the content of the training but also identify and finalize the resource materials as well. Priority will be given to make the resource materials more simple and the language will provided the condition that all participants necessarily not to be highly educated. 

d. Training
Altogether there will be 16 training for 400 women leaders from various SCOs. Each training will be conducted for 6 consecutive days. Each training will comprise 25 participants. Each training will have four packages. Each training will be provided by 2 trainers. The venue of each training will be decided in consultation. However, priority will be given to organize the training so as to be equal distant from each SCOs to be participated. Various methodologies  will be used like Group Facilitation Methods (GFM) developed by ICA. All participants will be provided the training manual along with necessary resource materials prepared. The necessary cost of each participants will be borne by this project. 

e. Evaluation of training  
The evaluation of the training course will be done at two levels. The first one will be during the course of training while the second one will be 2 months after the training. Both of these evaluations will be done with the help of ICA methods like basic discussion method, wall of wonder method, counter interaction method along with written feedback of the participants. The participants will fill a questionnaire both prior and after training so that the change in their understanding will help evaluate the training during training course.

After two month of the completion of the training, a team comprising trainer, representative from CMF and ICA will visit the training site and organize a workshop to evaluate the training. ICA technologies will be used to evaluate the training. The report of the evaluation will be submitted to CMF. This kind of evaluation will help to improve the similar training to be conducted in future. Some adjustments will be made in the training with the help of  the evaluation report.

6. Reporting
The reporting will be done in four phase. The first three reporting will be done during the training period. The inception report will be submitted immediate after beginning of training. It will include the activities undertaken till the first training from the very beginning.  The second brief report will be submitted in between the middle part of training i.e. after completing 8 training. These two report will include the evaluation of the training to date; as well as financial report also. The third brief report will be submitted after completion of all training.

After completion of last ( 16th) training, ICA will prepare the final report of the project. The final report will include the final evaluation of the last training as well. So final report will be submitted at the end. It will include the audited financial report as well as photo report of the project.

7. Time Line
Project Activities/ Date	1999	2000
	Aug	Sept	Oct	Nov	Dec	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr
- Selection of participants
- Selection of trainers
- Finalization of course
   ( workshop)
- Training material preparation
- Training
- Evaluation of training
- Reporting
- Final report preparation &
   submission              
	






	





          
	




	




	




	




			
8. Budget
A. Training Cost ( one training)
D.A. Trainer ( 7day / 2 persons/ 1200.00)			= 16 800

Travelling Cost (For Trainers)					= 6 000

Participant Remuneration (25 X 200 X 7)			= 35 000
(including travelling, lodging, snack and food)

Stationary (manual, handouts etc.)			
     (25 participants / 200 per head)				= 5 000

Training Materials (Markers, card etc,)				= 1 500
								___________
		Sub total ( one training)				= 58 900

			For 16 training	  58 900 X 16		 =  942 400

B. Workshop Cost
a. Course Evaluation (One day)
D.A. for participants
(32 trainers+4 experts X 500)				= 18 000

Stationary							=  4 000

Snack								=   6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				= 28 000

b. Workshop Evaluation (One day)
Resource Persons 3 X 1 500					= 4 500

D.A. for participants
(32 Participants 300)					= 9 600

Stationary							= 4 000

Snack								= 6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				24 100
									

C. Report Preparation
Report preparation cost (Training and Evaluation Reports)	= 15 000
(stationary, computer, typing, printing etc.)					

D. Audit							= 10 000
Auditor charge
							
E. Personnel Cost
Coordinator ( 8 months/ 10 000)				  = 80 000
Support staff ( 8 months/ 5 000)		  		  = 40,000
								____________		
				Subtotal			120 000

F. Administrative Cost
Travel / Communication					= 10,000
Stationary ( Photo, slides etc.)					= 5 000
Limited contingency for inflation				= 10 000
								__________							Subtotal		25 000	

Grand Total					1164 500


9. Request 
ICA aims to carry out all 16 training or few as allocated by CECI. In that case, the budget will be recalculated as per the training course.

The Institute of Cultural Affairs
ICA is an autonomous, non-profitable, non-political and non-governmental organization.

ICA:
ICAs activities are based on participation. The three major areas of activities of the ICAs are sustainable development, life-long education and organizational transformation. The ICAs have their own training modules developed for facilitation, participation and planning. 

Various Technology of Participation (ToP) methods developed by ICA such as Focused Conversation Method, Workshop Method, Strategic Planning Method etc. can be used to solve various problems. These methods can be used from grassroots to corporate level. The ICAs training courses are useful for all development practitioners, particularly governmental and non- - governmental workers active in the field of development.

Apart from such training courses, the ICA principles are also being used to community development sector. ICA works with the grassroots organizations and individuals to enable the integration of the Technology of Participation into their day to day activities. It helps in improving the quality of other government or NGO sectors by imparting quality training. 

Aims of ICA
The aims of the ICA are as follows:
- To work for empowering indigenous community,
- To promote a culture of participation at all levels of society,
- To facilitate creative change in individual and groups by promoting socio-economic and cultural development, and
- To encourage people and groups to participate in alleviating poverty, unemployment and backwardness through cooperatives and micro credit.

Activities:
ICA carries out various activities on Group Facilitation Methods, strategic and action planning and project-based programs. Following activities are undertaken by the ICA.

1. Capacity Building:
The ICA focuses on building human resources and organizational transformation through participatory techniques. It organizes various courses so as to increase people's participation in development and to preserve their own culture and values conducive to creative development and change. ICA also works in enhancing effectiveness in business community by imparting its knowledge on participatory planning. Similarly, various training courses on micro credit management and environmental management and sustainable development are also conducted.

2. Increasing Public Awareness on Health, Education and Environment:
The lack of public awareness in various sectors particularly health, education and environment has created various problems that undermine the development process. The ICA focuses its programs to alleviate such problems by carrying out action oriented programs on such themes. The ICA is also active in promoting children and women rights.

3. Adult Literacy Programs:
The group has initiated literacy classes in some rural areas. People belonging to lower caste group and ethnic minorities are particularly encouraged to participate in such classes. The class is conducted for 6 months. Apart from being able to read, write and calculate the participants are also trained on basic concept of health, nutrition, environment, human rights etc.

4. Community Development:
Some community development projects are commenced by the ICA integrating various issues such as income-generating activities, health, nutrition, family planning, environment etc. The basic objective of such projects is to help in establishing model villages in various parts of the country by integrating a holistic and participatory development approach. 

The ICA is also active in the field of drinking water and its quality management particularly in the rural area. The group demonstrates ways of quality treatment of drinking water among rural mass. ICA has carried out micro credit activities enabling poor people to carry out income generating activities such as pig and goat farming, rabbit raising, bee-keeping, tailoring, carpentry etc. This has enabled economically disadvantaged people to take part in entrepreneurial activities. 

Projects are undertaken to improve the living condition of so-called lower community. The project is expected to develop awareness among the community towards their role in the development of the area. All of these activities will be undertaken in a participatory way.	

Membership:
The ICA has four types of membership i.e. advisory members, honorary members, associate members and full members. Only full members may apply for the executive committee in general bodies meeting. The daily activities of the ICA are performed by a secretariat. The executive committee is advised by an advisory board comprising 5 members.

The group has a centrally located secretariat with basic physical facilities such as spacious office, computers, email etc.



Dear Sir

Referring to the information we got from you, we are happy to know that XXX is planning on organizing different training activities at the national level through collaboration with partner NGOs. ICA has been operating capacity development and community development activities I am pleased to inform you that ICA has already worked in capacity development activities. 

Enclosed please find the proposal on 'Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs'. We hope that this proposal fits into the interest and aims  of xxx and that you are prepared to discuss it with your colleagues and board members. Of course, we are interested in your questions and remarks on the proposal, so that we can also learn from your experiences in this sector.

We look forward to establish some form of cooperation and look forward your response.

Thank you in advance,

With kind regards,


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>38 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='38'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Youth Leadership and Learning Project </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The Leadership and Learning Project will provide youth with the opportunity to work with adults both as mentors and as partners in community development initiatives thus allowing the development of supportive youth/adult relationships.   </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Youth Leadership and Learning Project


A.  Background

1.	Organization’s mission, history, overall goal, and/or objectives.

The Institute of Cultural Affairs’ (ICA) mission is to assist individuals, organizations, and communities to work together while building a hopeful, just, and sustainable society. The Institute teaches participatory methods of problem solving and strategic planning that build ownership in solutions, and interactive approaches to professional development and youth/adult leadership training that enhances civic participation, literacy, and personal growth.

2.	Description of current programs and activities.  Please emphasis major achievements in the past two years.

•	A Foundation provided support to work with 3 community groups to engage youth-adult partnerships and enhance youth leadership through training and community service. The youth groups were trained in facilitation methods that includes strategic planning, consensus building and action planning workshops; as well as asset based community development theory that resulted in the development and implementation of six community service events in the city and activities throughout the year.  Evaluations revealed the program succeeded in changing not only youth attitudes towards their community but allowed them to increase their involvement within the community.  
•	has been the lead fiscal agency for 3 years in a collaborative partnership with four agencies.  It is a collaborative, ten-month family literacy program, that has individually and intensely worked with 132 youth (14 to 21 years of age) and children birth to three for the past three years.  Over the past three years, we have averaged a 1.6 increase in grade reading levels (as measured by SORT-R assessment), we have increased the knowledge of the youth in regards to early child development—age-appropriate expectations and discipline, the effects of tone and language on brain development, and the importance of play and reading.   We have also measured positive behavior shifts within the relationships of mother and child through appropriate and healthy interactions, the obtainment of their GED, graduation from high school, entrances into colleges, and active, regular participation in high school.
•	Another Foundation provided $100,000 to implement and deliver national youth development training to more than 1500 youth.

3.	Current Programs and Description of formal and informal relationships with other organizations.

Youth as Facilitative Leaders:  Leadership and Learning Project a year-long youth development intensive designed around leadership training and project implementation of youth-led community service activities.  
Formal Relationships:  six different communities or youth councils

Youth as Facilitative Leaders:  2-day Intensive Training with facilitation services and organizing assistance.  The training consists of skill development in group facilitation methods—strategic planning, consensus-building and action planning workshops.
Formal Relationships: with four youth organizations. 


Learning Basket Program is a birth to three early childhood program that provides training to both parents and caregivers. 
Formal Relationships:  with a dozen organizations 
Informal Relationships:  several government bodies.

B.  Purpose of Funding Request

&#61615;	Learnings from 2003-2004 Youth Leadership Training Collaborative funded by the Foundation:

Within the design of FY03-04 program there were several structural challenges that complicated achievement of all objectives however during the programmatic year the project was revised accordingly with input and notification of funding staff.  Therefore, we are proposing the following changes to allow ICA staff and partner agencies to implement a program that promotes positive youth development in the most effective and stable means possible:  

1.)	In order to work with our partner agencies schedules, we have to divide our facilitation training curriculum into shorter 2-hour modules instead of in two full days of training.  Because we are working after school with high school students it is difficult to keep them focused on the curriculum for more than 2 hours at a time.  Most participants arrive at our program after attending a 7.5 hour school day.  The number of participants with weekend jobs and obligations also makes it difficult to hold training sessions over the weekend.
2.)	The previous proposal also underestimated the scope of the youth-led and designed community development projects.  Most of the projects developed in the program were very large and took an incredible amount of effort to implement.  More than one project per group proved to be unmanageable.  
3.)	Smaller project implementation will occur over the year that leads to the implementation and accomplishment of their main project.  The smaller projects, such as fundraising efforts and volunteer recruitment, will allow the youth to gain hands-on experience throughout the year and was shown to be an engaging and motivating factor in participation of the program.  

&#61615;	The community and/or agency needs or problems that this effort will address, including population served.

The Leadership and Learning Project will partner and intensely work with youth as well adults from 3 agencies. Each of these agencies want to provide quality, educational after-school programming that increases civic engagement and community involvement as well as is designed to enhance the positive development of their at-risk youth.  

ICA and partner agencies will address the following problems through the Leadership and Learning Project:

Youth throughout the city lack supportive relationships with adults.  
Unfortunately, many youth feel disturbingly disconnected from the adults and other youth that live in their communities.  In a survey conducted by the ICA Youth Leadership Training Collaborative 2003-2004 less than 50 percent of youth surveyed claimed to know the names of at least 10 of their neighbors.  Similarly only 60 percent of youth were able to name 5 adults outside of family members in their community that care about them.  

Youth do not have opportunities for meaningful inclusion in participation of community activities and/or programs thus they have few opportunities to build skills outside the classroom and pursue personal interests.  
According to a 2004 Report less than thirty percent of the cities teenagers participate in after-school programs.  One of our projected focus communities reported a waiting list of 500 students for its after-school youth programming.  A lack of after-school programming can prove extremely detrimental to promoting positive youth development.  The reporter responsible for the report, notes that violent juvenile crime spikes between the hours of 3-6 pm.  Research shows there is a correlation between participation in after-school programming and increased academic success.

Youth are not taken seriously and usually not offered a space to make real differences within their communities.
The ICA’s Youth Leadership Training Collaborative pre-survey asked all 2003 youth participants if adults supported youth in accomplishing positive things in the community.  Only 44% responded yes. 61% of adults are convinced that today's youth face a crisis in their values and morals, they look at teenagers with misgiving, and view them as undisciplined, disrespectful, and unfriendly.  Youth need to be challenged and given the opportunity to experience and participate in meaningful involvement within their community to promote positive development.  Adults must recognize youth as valuable resources. Youth also need to feel personal engagement and a sense of “mattering” in their community in order to grow into responsible productive citizens.

Youth development efforts initiated by families, schools, and communities are often uncoordinated and fragmented.  
Among the youth we work with the majority of families are 1st generation immigrants.  Value conflicts between family and community environments often prevent coordinated positive youth development.  A lack of communication and coordination between home, school, and community values leave youth confused about adult expectations.  Studies have shown that conflict between school, family and community values is related to lower academic achievement and increases in risky behaviors as parents are less effective when they are out of touch with the other environments of their children’s lives. Immigrant parents can have a particularly difficult time asserting themselves and their parental authority in an unfamiliar socio-cultural environment.  

Population
96% Latino 	3% African 1% Native 
99% Free and Reduced lunch (low income)
18 males and 12 females
1 DCFS student placed (foster child) 	
16% live in a single parent home (mom)
27% of students have siblings who are teen parents, dropped out of school, or have been involved with juvenile justice system
16% students are experiencing academic difficulty


&#61615;	Describe how the project addresses these identified needs.

ICA is committed to training youth to serve as agents of positive change in their communities through leadership development and engaging community service experiences.  The ICA’s Leadership and Learning Project will address the needs of our participants by providing an after-school, programmatic setting that promotes positive youth development.  The Leadership and Learning Project is based on a developmental framework that provides youth with the opportunity to acquire both personal and social assets, as well as hands-on experience that will give the youth a greater chance of success currently and in the future.   

The Leadership and Learning Project will provide youth with the opportunity to work with adults both as mentors and as partners in community development initiatives thus allowing the development of supportive youth/adult relationships.   Youth participants will be able to share successes and struggles with the adults they work with on their community development projects.  ICA staff will work with participants in weekly small group and individual sessions to both guide and support the youth in their efforts.  By interviewing neighbors and engaging other adults in their community development projects, participants will expand their personal networks.  The intergenerational partnerships developed in implementing projects will assist in strengthen the collective efficacy of the entire neighborhood.  

The Leadership and Learning Program will offer a minimum of 2 hours per week of engaging community youth programming for 60 youth.  Within the program activities, community visioning workshops and community service projects, youth will have an opportunity for meaningful inclusion through both voice and action.  Furthermore, youth from the previous year will get to co-facilitate with ICA staff the visioning and planning sessions thus proving to the adults assisting with the program that youth can gain skills and are capable of making a difference in their community.   The visible success of the implementation of the youth-led community service projects will provoke adults in the community to take youth more seriously and allow them to recognize the capacities youth have toward making a difference in their community.
   
The community visioning workshops and community resource mapping activities will demand the participation of all community residents (teachers, parents, social workers etc.) to work together with youth on a common vision for the future of their neighborhood; thus creating cohesion among different stakeholders.  Common expectations and understandings will help foster a supportive environment for youth development.  Youth development efforts achieve their best results when there is substantial communication and interaction between those in charge of monitoring the different environments of an adolescent’s life.  When parents, teachers and youth development workers can get together to share resources and standardize the norms and expectations of behavior for the youth they are involved with, optimal conditions for development exist.  

All youth participating in the Leadership and Learning Project will learn practical and highly participatory Group Facilitation Methods that will enable them to guide each other through discussions of pertinent issues, workshops that build consensus, and strategic project planning.   Through learning and using such methods, youth will not only develop marketable business skills but will increase their confidence in public speaking and leadership capacity.  Both the Group Facilitation Methods and Asset-based Community Development Theory training are not offered in traditional high school curriculum thus provide youth with the chance to learn and build new skills to increase competency.  Furthermore, the real life experience of designing and implementing community development projects offer participants exciting occasion to recognize their potential as agents of positive change.  As youth participants will design the projects themselves opportunity to personal pursue personal interests and passions is abundant. 


The Leadership and Learning Project differs from other community development programs in that it provides a unique space for youth to lead and contribute to important community change efforts that transform their communities. While traditional community development programs have routinely reached out to youth to fill volunteer positions or provide prevention services, rarely are young people at the center of community project planning, implementation, and transformation.  The ICA believes that youth, who are often disproportionately affected by problems that plague communities –violent crime, drugs, and failing schools, must be recognized as essential components to the solutions to these problems and need to be center of neighborhood and community life.  The Youth as Facilitative Leaders: Leadership and Learning Project will help youth develop the skills, habits, confidence, and connections they need to develop into responsible young citizens and actively change their communities.  



&#61615;	Program description to include strategies employed to implement the proposed project:
1-goals and objectives, 2-timetable for accomplishing stated goals and objectives, 3-program methodology, 4-staffing, and 5-collaboration with other agencies

The goal of the Leadership and Learning Project is to promote positive youth development through leadership training and civic engagement.  Partnered with 3 youth groups the Institute of Cultural Affairs will provide a year-long leadership intensive that focuses on facilitation training and implementation of a youth designed and led community service project.  The Leadership and Learning Project seeks to make adolescents the center of community life and their neighborhood that will allow them to engage with caring adults outside of family members, develop a sense of security and personal identity, and learn rules of behavior, expectations, and skills needed to transition in a healthy, productive adult.


Plan of Operations:  Objectives, Activities, Methodology	

Objective 1:  Create a comprehensive needs and resource assessment of each partner organization’s neighborhood.

Activities:
&#10146;	Participants will be trained in basic principals of asset based community development.
&#10146;	Participants will take a walking tour of their neighborhood creating a community resource map along their route. 
&#10146;	Participants and ICA staff will document the resource map.
&#10146;	Participants will conduct interviews with local residents to identify specific community needs.
Methodology:  ICA staff will lead participants at each partner organization through a Needs and Resource Workshop designed to enhance the knowledge of participants about their neighborhood.  ICA staff and participants will document their assessment.  This will occur in three 2 hour sessions.

Objective 2:  Create a collective, community service vision with each partner organization.  
	
	Activities:
&#10146;	ICA staff and trained youth from each partner organization will facilitate a community-visioning workshop for all youth and adults participating in the program at each partner organization.
&#10146;	Participants and ICA staff will document the community vision.
&#10146;	ICA staff and trained youth will host follow-up meetings to begin to design strategies needed to implement the community vision at each partner organization.
Methodology:	  Trained youth from the FY03 program and ICA staff will work together with partner agencies to design and implement a community-visioning workshop for all participants, partner staff, and community members. 

Objective 3:  60 students trained in Group Facilitation Methods.

Activities:
&#10146;	ICA staff will train all participants in Focused Conversation Method.
&#10146;	ICA Staff will train all participants in Group Consensus Building.
&#10146;	ICA Staff will train all participants in Participatory Action Planning.
&#10146;	Participants will practice through exercises each Group Facilitation Method.
Methodology:  Training by ICA staff will occur  within ten 2 hour sessions every other week.  

Objective 4:  Three year-long community service projects designed and implemented by youth participants, facilitated by ICA Staff; they will touch the lives of a minimum of 300 community members.

Activities:
&#10146;	Participants will utilize their Needs and Resource Analysis and Community Vision as well as the Consensus Building Workshop to build a focused, realistic year-long project that promotes civic service and engagement.
&#10146;	Participants will utilize the Group Facilitation Method—Participatory Action Planning to develop the action plan for accomplishing their community service project.
&#10146;	Participants and ICA Staff will document the project action plan.
&#10146;	ICA staff mentor and coach students through project implementation (at least 2 sessions per month with each partner agencies).  Implementing a year-long project will involve several smaller projects that helps to achieve their main project involving community service and/or the development of partnerships with local agencies thus it is anticipated that participants will be involved in at least 1 smaller project each quarter.  These smaller projects typically include fund raising events and activities as well as community-service events to establish relationships or promote their cause.
&#10146;	Participants will advertise their community service project throughout their community to build awareness and promote participation.
Methodology:  ICA staff will facilitate project implementation.  ICA staff will mentor and coach youth participants through the different stages and implementations of their community service projects, thus providing individualized attention and support.  


Objective 5:  Youth participants will develop partnerships with at least 2 outside, local resources to aid in the implementation of their project.

Activities:
&#10146;	Youth will identify areas where they will need assistance in the implementation of their community development project.  
&#10146;	Youth will use the community resource map to identify and contact potential resources to collaborate with on their project.  
&#10146;	Youth will build relationships with these resources through stewardship that will secure partnerships for implementation of their projects.
Methodology:  ICA staff will provide mentorship in the development of appropriate behaviors and actions needed to secure partnerships.

Time Table:
The program will run throughout the 2004-2005 school year and into the summer of 2005.  Training will occur every even week with project implementation every odd week.  

&#61615;	If this is a collaboration, briefly describe the partners.

High School

The High School is in a unique position to develop strong tie.  As a 1-year old autonomous small school, it is committed to serving the needs of the community.  Its mission is to catalyze vital changes in education by generating and sustaining innovative, personalized schools that work in tandem with the real world of their greater community. Our philosophy is grounded in educating "one student at a time".  We promote and create personalized education programs that are unique for each student. 

We design break-through public schools, research and replicate new designs for education, train educators to serve as leaders in their schools and communities, and actively engage the public as participants and decision makers in the education of our youth. 

the Community Education Project 

This project works for social justice by increasing the capacity and participation residents in the formation of a more united, educated, safer and socially prepared community.

Recognizing the talent and culture within our community, we will reach our goals by developing and organizing educational, cultural, and leadership programs and events of children, teenagers and adults, which promote our project within and beyond our community.

A movement focuses on involving youth as leaders in their community.

Youth Council
&#61615;	Staffing

Project Coordinator & Trainer

Coordinator has a B.A. has worked in several nations.
Responsibilities for this project:  To deliver all training and project implementation sessions with each partner agencies, to coordinate monthly meetings with partner agency staff.   

Program Director & Trainer
She received her B.A. and for the past 2 years, has overseen all youth activity and programming in the city.
Responsible for this project:  To oversee Project and provide administration, to attend monthly meetings with partners, to assist in training as needed, to provide project implementation support through planning sessions and training in fundraising.  

C. Evaluation

1.  Explain how you will measure the effectiveness of your activities.

The outcome based program assessment consists of a series of qualitative and quantitative questions that will evaluate the influence the Leadership and Learning Project has on participant’s attitudes and behavior patterns.  Behavior changes that are monitored will focus on changes in each participant’s community involvement, experience organizing community activities, experience getting others involved in those activities, knowledge of their community, and leadership experience. Attitudes surveys will monitor changes in participant’s opinions of adults in their community and opinions of young people’s potentials as community change agents.   The evaluation questions will be delivered in pre and post surveys. The Program Coordinator will deliver the pre and post surveys.  Both the Director and Program Coordinator will evaluate the program.

To date the YFL: Leadership and Learning Project has worked with over 100 youth and adults that has resulted in:  
•	increased involvement by all participants in local civic engagements.
•	20% of participants assuming or acquiring leadership roles in organizing events that strengthen their community.
•	increased participants ability to involve their neighbors in community improvement efforts.
•	increased awareness by all participants in their knowledge of their community and its resources.

The success of this program will help to develop the next generation of leaders and begin to build stronger communities through increased awareness of the community.





 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>41 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='41'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >The Transformation of the Single Mother Underclass </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >A significant number of additional single mothers and children will be served by the Project through extension activities detailed below, leading to the Project impacting over 10,000 people over its three years of operation. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >MADRE PODEROSA – The Transformation of the Single Mother Underclass


The Situation

In the Country, the single mother is the product of ancient culture where young couples engaged in a one year “trial marriage” in the home of a parent, after which the relationship was either formalized, or dissolved.   If children came of a dissolved relationship, they were accepted and raised as natural children of the parents of the young couple.  Today, this practice has evolved into a common style of promiscuity among young people which has produced many hundreds of thousands of single mothers in  the Country, often with very limited support from the modern, more dispersed extended families.  Across  the Country, it is common to observe many single mothers with multiple children from multiple fathers as the women seek support for themselves and their indigent children in one relationship after another.  We have been told that the average number of children for single mothers is between 3 and 4 children each.  Therefore, there are many single mothers in the 18-40+ age range who are still bearing additional children each year.  These more mature single mothers are the target of this important project aimed at creating a mode and method of reversing this socially destructive trend, creating a model which can then be implemented in other cities and communities in the Country and beyond.

The Constituency

The staff of ICA has worked in the city since the earthquake.   the City is on the coast, 200 Km south of  the Capital, with a population of 130,000, the great majority of whom live in poverty.  In working with the people to rebuild their city, we have trained and worked extensively with 210 Promoters in four different programs over the past 15 months, the majority of whom were women.  The result of these programs was to facilitate the construction of 3,450 temporary homes, constructed by the people themselves, plus to enable the rehabilitation of 320 community kitchens, and the initiation of a significant number of small businesses.  In the course of this work we encountered many hundreds of single mothers, and experienced their limited abilities to participate in the reconstruction of their communities.  

The dominant posture of the single mothers we know is one of being the victim, yet we have observed that they have many of the same challenges as other women in the community, and therefore the same potential for growth and transformation.  After consultations with over 50 of these women, this project has been formulated on their behalf.  We have hesitated to organize them for action at this point as we do not want to create false expectations of benefits that may come from their organization.  Thus, the first step in the implementation of this Project will be to organize the women into working teams (nucleos) and build the specific details of the implementation of this Project with their direct participation.

The Social Impact of the Single Mother

Although the single mother is a very extensive phenomenon, very little has been done to document the actual impact and cost to society of this inadequate family structure.  There is an obvious large cost for the birth of the children, which is mostly borne by the limited resources of public hospitals.  There are various programs for baby and early childhood care, also paid largely by the government, with the assistance of some non-profit organizations.  Then there is a substantial impact on the over-crowded and under-supported schools.  Certainly the limited care and support of single mother families is responsible for the growing number of homeless youth on the streets who have dropped out of school and are responsible for the rising delinquency at all levels of society.  These are all real social costs which are currently running out of control and growing rapidly each year.

But perhaps the most crucial cost to the society is the replication and expansion of the single mother families in the next generations.  Children of single mothers often live in extreme poverty and can be observed to receive substantially less supervision and guidance than with dual parent families.  This can be seen to lead to girls of these families following in the patterns of their mothers, with pregnancies at very early ages.  We know a number of families with three generations of single mothers living in the same house.  This can also be seen in the boys of these families who show the same disrespect for women which their genetic fathers did, which is to be expected since many have no role model of a responsible father in their lives.  It is clear that the responsibility for these patterns is shared by both the women and the men involved, but in recent years the burden of responsibility seems to rest more with the women who are actively seeking relationships and even pregnancies to secure a partner with an economic base for themselves and their children.  The effects of these multi-generational patterns of promiscuity are all too evident today, just as they are in  the City where this trend is at an extreme, making it an excellent place for a highly visible demonstration of sustainable new possibilities for the single mother.

The Single Mother Transformation Project Design

In seeking a successful model for the design of a project with single mothers, we have observed that in recent years, very successful work has been done with the creation of circles of women for the application of micro-credit in rural and urban neighborhoods.  These circles of usually 20 women all receive loans together and then are accountable for the repayments together.  Thus if one woman is unable to make a payment, the others must make up for her portion until she is able to resume her responsibilities.  This form of team accountability has led to very successful loan repayments, and also to the building of effective and lasting community among groups of women.  This “circle” form of operation will be the basic structure of the Project. 

The challenge for most single mothers is that their extended family is frequently not able, or very often not willing, to provide the support and assistance which she needs to raise her family.  Thus she finds herself isolated from a support structure, and also often looked down upon by the community.  The solution which the Project proposes is to integrate the single mother into teams of 10 women, called “nucleos” where they can create for themselves a new “extended family” of care and support.  These women will live very near to each other, in the same block or so, such that they will see each other daily and can collaborate together in a very active and ongoing way.  

Different than the micro credit circles of 20 women, these teams will include 10 women to make the relationships more intimate and accessible.  And also different than the micro-credit, each of these nucleos will have a trained volunteer leader called a Promoter (Promotor), who will have the skills and resources to facilitate her team, of which she, also as a single mother, is an integral part.  These Promoters are the link to the Project resources, experts and leadership, and with their training and motivation are also the key to the continuation of the nucleos once the one-year Project funding is concluded. 

Overall, the nucleos are paired in “sectors” to allow easy and frequent collaboration and interchange of ideas and experiences between two adjacent nucleos.  Each Project phase includes 15 sectors (30 nucleos) serving 300 women, and lasts for one year.  One phase will begin each six months for the three years of the Project, leading to five phases in the Project, thereby directly serving 1,500 single mother families.  Using an average number of 2.5 children per family, the Project will be directly serving over 5,000 people over the three years of this Project.  A significant number of additional single mothers and children will be served by the Project through extension activities detailed below, leading to the Project impacting over 10,000 people over its three years of operation.  

In order for women to be invited to participate in the Project they must be single mothers living with their children and without a male partner.  The Project is only open to single mothers of at least 18 years of age in order to have women with sufficient maturity to accept responsibility for their actions.  The upper limit for participation is the age of 40, however mothers may not participate with their daughters, in order to assure that the Project is focused on the challenges of only one generation.  This more mature age explains our expectation of the women having an average of at least 2.5 children each.  As is detailed below, younger and older single mothers will also be served by the Project through extension activities as each phase of the Project matures.
Selecting and Training the Promoters

In the first month, the Project will be built from the bottom-up by canvassing neighborhoods and assembling nucleos of ten women, block by block, starting with known single mothers in the District of  the City.  Then, working with the 30 nucleos individually, a qualified Promoter candidate will be selected through the facilitation of the Project staff.  The qualities of a selected Promoter will be a woman who is respected in her nucleo, and who has the motivation and willingness to dedicate the time to be trained and to facilitate her nucleo for some years in the future.

The 30 selected Promoters will then be sent by bus to the ICA Training Center (about 100 Km north) where they will be in residence for one week of intensive leadership training.  Their days will extend from 6am to 10pm and will include training and practice in group facilitation skills, plus training by experts in self-esteem, business formation skills, child care and development norms, personal health and sexuality, nutrition, fitness, and personal style development.  They will organize and participate in a community workday, and plan and execute a grand closing celebration.  The ability and confidence that they will radiate upon their return to  the City will be a testimony to the possibility for every woman in the Project.  They will be the role models.  

The ICA staff has done this training many times to form Promoters for communities around  the Country, and has done it four times for the earthquake recovery projects in  the City.  However, this training program will be somewhat different as it will not be focused upon the execution of a community service project, but rather upon the personal development of the women themselves.  Therefore, some of the content of the program will be different, and it will require some additional experts, especially in the areas of women’s health, sexuality and fitness.

The Promoters will not receive any financial compensation for their leadership work, but we know from experience that they will highly value the training week and the ongoing monthly training that they will receive in the field from the experts and Project staff over the following year.  They will also receive some materials initially, and throughout the year, including a distinctive backpack, cap and training materials for leading their nucleos.  

Project Implementation in the Nucleos 

The 30 Project Nucleos will begin to operate at the beginning of the second month when the Promoters return from their one-week residential training.  The first item on their agenda will be a vision workshop, led by the Promoter, where the women will have a chance to articulate their desires for personal growth in the coming year.  This will be followed by some self-analysis and group support to state the obstacles that each member of the nucleo has to overcome, followed by a workshop to develop specific strategies to totally eliminate these obstacles with the support of the group.  At that point, each woman will have a basic plan for her own development for the coming year.  

To conclude this phase of individual planning, the women of the two nucleos of each sector will meet together and interchange their plans to create excitement over the potential that they have discovered, and to share creative approaches.  After this interchange event, they will meet again as nucleos to modify their plans as required to include the new ideas that they discovered during the interchange.  Now the members of the nucleo will make a formal commitment to each other to stay with their plans for at least one year.  This will be a great moment for a special event to celebrate their first month of creative work together during month two of the Project.

Now each nucleo is ready to form their plans for working together to support each other in their individual development.  Some common themes will have emerged in their individual planning such as income development, child care, fitness, nutrition, etc.  This will open the door for the visit of several experts over the next five months to assist the nucleos with the development of their common projects and structures.  The meetings with experts will be held at the sector level so that the two nucleos will have more opportunities for interchange.
Month three will initiate the five months of expert focuses with presentations and workshops on small business development and/or preparation for employment.  The expert will work, along with the ICA staff, in each sector for a full day, therefore serving the 15 sectors over a period of three weeks.  The objective will be to discover the most viable sources of income for each of the women, form them into working teams for effective implementation, and initiate the plans for utilizing the Nucleo Grant Funds of the Project.  Those funds will be used to purchase required materials in this and the following months to facilitate the development of stable income for the members of the nucleo.  In some cases funds may be issued to individuals, but only once there is a group accountability structure to assure the effective use of the funds for developing secure and ongoing income for each of the women.

Month four will focus on child care and development norms, for this is a critical factor in the ability of the women to have the freedom they need to secure an adequate level of income for their families.  The expert will work, along with the ICA staff, to establish specific norms of personal care, health, behavior and development for different age levels of children and youth.  Specific guidelines and structures will be offered for safe and creative group child care.  Designs will be shared for equipment and space usage.  Plans will be offered for play and creative events that can be done with different age groups on the communities.  Models for effective social events will be shared.  There will be an explosion of creativity and excitement from these events which will motivate and initiate a whole new level of care for the children in the communities, including the children of other families living around the members of each nucleo.  This phase of the Project is both intended to improve the care of children, and also to open up time for the mothers so they can improve their economic situation.  The Development Assistance Fund of the Project can also be used for group child care for such items as tables and chairs or playground equipment.  

Month five will focus on women’s health and safe-sex practices.  The expert, along with the ICA Staff, will work with each sector to provide a basic understanding of the challenges that women face in maintaining their health, and in the specifics of conception and methods available for having safe sex.  This month is heavily focused on educating the women on the basic functioning of their bodies and giving them options to care for themselves.  The objective is to empower them with information and strategies to be in charge of their own bodies and their own relationships.  This is a powerful step in the empowerment of the women, and as they work together and their trust develops in their nucleo, the results of the Project will begin to become very visible in the personal presence of the women.  This month will also initiate the first outreach of the women to younger single mothers in their neighborhoods as they invite them to share in the information which they are learning about themselves and their new opportunities in life.  This month will also begin the ongoing social events and dances at the nucleo or sector level to create the type of healthy social life which can lead to stable two-parent families in the future.  These social events can also be opened to both younger and older single mothers as a means of extending the services of the Project into the broader community.

Month six will focus on making a dramatic improvement in the fitness and nutrition of the women, now that they have a strong desire to be more than they have been in the past.  The expert, along with the ICA staff, will work with each sector to introduce healthier foods and menus to the women, many of which they will be able to prepare together.  They will also be introduced to simple fitness routines which they can do separately or together each day, such as the use of an aerobic step exercise routine done to the music of a CD.  At this point in the Project, the motivation of the nucleos is expected to be sufficient to sustain this type of team effort, and the results should be delightful to see!

Month seven will focus on outreach and community service in order to make visible the new leadership abilities of the nucleos and the individual participants in the Project.  The ICA staff will assist the sectors to plan community workdays to deal with unsafe or unsightly local neighborhood conditions.  The nucleos will be assisted to organized events with the younger single mothers to begin the process of passing on what they have learned and assisting them to participate in the same process.  A “Big Sister” role model program will be encouraged where Project participants pair up with a younger single mother to move her forward with her life.  The nucleos will also begin events with youth to educate them in forming appropriate relationships as they grow up.  This may lead to a series of social events and dances for youth to create safe environments for them to socialize. 
The next three months, months eight through ten, will be months of implementation and refinement of the programs begun.  Now the women are truly coming into their power and the level of creativity and motivation is very high.  The programs they are doing are being modified and perfected, and taking on more established form.  The children of the Project families are looking better and are mostly leading more organized and cared-for lives.  The personal change which the women have made in their lives is now attracting the attention of their families and neighbors, and they are feeling very good about themselves.  The impact on the younger single mothers is becoming evident, and in general there is a more respectful and secure mode of operating for women and girls in the community.  Also during these months the Project is beginning to attract the attention of the leadership of the community and region, giving a new leadership status to the Promoters and all of the women of the Project.

Month eleven will see another visit by all of the experts for a half day to each of the sectors.  This will be a time for further input, observations and feedback to the women, but most importantly, a time for the women to ask questions of the experts.  The Promoters will assist the nucleos to prepare their questions in advance of these events.  Structured reflection on these events will then lead to some modification in programs and activities as the nucleos move forward.  This will also be the time to begin to envision another year ahead for the nucleos when they will be operating on their own.

Month twelve will be a time of evaluation, report writing, and preparation for the following Project phase, serving an additional 300 women.  A closing celebration and ceremony will be held to formally celebrate the end of this phase of the Project, and to initiate the self-initiating continuity of the 30 nucleos.  The Promoters will be invited to keep in touch with the Project staff in the future as needed.  The evaluation will be done in detail with the 30 Promoters and submitted in the report for phase one of the Project.  The staff will then formally review the program and prepare a report, making any modifications required for the next phase, along with any recommended adjustments in the budget for future phases.

Project Phase Chart

Train Promoters
Organize Nucleos	Introducing New Methods with Experts	Implementing New Methods	  Expert
 Re-visits	Evaluation
   Report  
Month 1	Month 2	Month 3	Month 4	Month 5	Month 6	Month 7	Month 8	Month 9	Month 10	Month 11	Month 12
Train
Promoters	Organize
Nucleos	Expert
Income	Expert
Children	Expert
Health	Expert
Fitness	Com’ty
Service	Implementing the five themes
  of months 3 through 7	Asking
questions	     Evaluation
     Celebration

Further Phases of the Project

The other four phases of the Project will follow the exact same twelve month schedule as used for Phase One, except for any small modifications which may be made based upon the evaluation of the work and results from previous phases.  Phase Two will begin in month 13 of the Project and run through month 24, and Phase Three will begin in month 25 and run through month 36 of the Project.  Phase One B will begin with month 7 of the Project and run through month 18, followed by Phase Two B which will begin in month 19 and run through month 30 of the Project.  Thus, the five Phases will begin at staggered six month intervals to make maximum use of the experts and administrative infrastructure of the Project.  While the addition of Phase One B and Phase Two B to the Project will require some additional supervisory and program staff, they will enable expanding the number of people served by 60% within the three years of the Project.

Thus, the Project Design for the five phases looks like this:

| ----------Phase One---------- | ----------Phase Two---------- | ----------Phase Three---------- |

                        | --------Phase One B--------- | --------Phase Two B--------- |



Phase One B – Months 7-19

Phase One B of the Project will begin in month 7 and will create another 30 nucleos organized in 15 sectors in adjacent neighborhoods in the District.  Once again, 30 Promoters will be carefully selected and sent for one week of intensive training.  Upon the return of the Promoters, the program over the following 11 months will follow that of Phase One, except if there are any modifications based upon the learnings from the process of the first phase of the Project.  

At the end of Phase One B there will be a more thorough evaluation and the resulting report will recommend any necessary changes in the program and budget as required for further phases. 

Phase Two – Months 13-24

Phase Two of the Project will create another 30 nucleos organized in 15 sectors in adjacent neighborhoods in the District of  the City Alta.  Once again, 30 Promoters will be carefully selected and sent to Azpitia for one week of intensive training.  Upon the return of the Promoters, the program over the following 11 months will follow that of Phase One, except if there are any modifications based upon the learnings and evaluation of earlier phases the Project.  

At the end of Phase Two there will once more be a careful evaluation and the resulting report will recommend any necessary changes in the program and budget for subsequent phases.

Phase Two B – Months 19-30

Phase Two B of the Project will create another 30 nucleos organized in 15 sectors in adjacent neighborhoods in the Distric.  Once again, 30 Promoters will be carefully selected and sent for one week of intensive training.  Upon the return of the Promoters, the program over the following 11 months will follow that of Phase One B, except if there are any modifications based upon the learnings and evaluation of earlier phases the Project.  

At the end of Phase Two B there will once more be a careful evaluation and the resulting report will recommend any necessary changes in the program and budget for subsequent phases.

Phase Three – Months 25-36

Finally, Phase Three of the Project will create another 30 nucleos organized in 15 sectors in adjacent neighborhoods in the District, or can be extended into the adjacent District, if necessary.  Once again, 30 Promoters will be carefully selected and sent for one week of intensive training.  Upon the return of the Promoters, the program over the following 11 months will follow that of Phase Two, except if there are any modifications based upon the learnings from the evaluation of earlier phases of the Project.  

At the close of Phase Three there will be a thorough evaluation of the Project methodology and a documentation of the results achieved over the entire three years of the Project.  Of special interest will be the degree of continuity that is experienced for the women of the early phases of the Project after operating well beyond the year of direct support of the Project.  Recommendations will be presented for the continuity of the Project as appropriate.

Project Staffing

The Single Mother Transformation Project will be directed by three professional women with direct experience in working with women’s projects and specific experience working with the women of  the City.  The Project Director will be a senior member of the ICA- the Country staff who will receive a half-time salary to guide the policy of the project, coordinate collaboration with other agencies, employ and direct the staff of the Project, employ the experts for the Project, and assure the integrity of the results of the Project through control of the finances and the evaluation and reporting process.  There will be two Project Managers who will be directly responsible for the week to week implementation of the five Phases of the Project, including the training and direction of the six Program Coordinators who will be working directly with the Promoters on a daily basis.  One Program Manager will work with Project phases one, two and three over the three years of the Project.  The other Program Manager will work with the experts in the first six months, then with phases one B and two B, and then with the continuity planning, and final evaluation and  reporting in the last six months of the Project.

There will be six Program Coordinators who will be ICA trained women from the community of  the City.  These are women who have worked with the ICA in the earthquake recovery programs in  the City over the past 18 months and have proven their leadership abilities in their previous volunteer roles.  Three of these women will be assigned to work for three years with phases one, two and three, and the other three women will work for only two years with phases one B and two B.  Each of these women will be responsible for 10 Promoters in five sectors serving 100 single mothers.  They will be in constant contact with their 10 Promoters to deepen their understanding of the content of the Project and to bring ongoing energy and motivation to the Promoters as they guide their nucleos through the process of the Project.  The close ties developed between the Coordinators and their 10 Promoters is a key to the continuity of the Project once the funding has ended.

ICA is contributing the cost of the three-week training of the two Project Managers and the six Program Coordinators for the Project.  

Collaboration of Other Organizations

Since the earthquake ICA has worked closely with the mayor of the Province of  the City, who is also the mayor of the District.   We have a close relationship with the Municipal staff and have received guidance from them in the formation of this Project.  There is strong support from the Municipality to support the Project.  In the past, the mayor and his staff have participated actively in our work, lending support with access to other agencies, with security assistance where needed, and with actual participation in symbolic programs.  The mayor and his staff will provide full support for this Project since women’s services is a high priority for the District.

Over the past 18 months, we have been in coordination with the government food distribution agency, and with the children’s assistance program which utilize World Bank and FAO food supplies.  Both of these programs are assisting families, women and children in the community, so they are already lending some support to single mothers in the process.  We know that these programs have a major concern for the social challenge and high cost of sustaining the single mothers in the communities, but they have no specific program to serve them as a separate population.  We will continue our coordination with them as the Project progresses.

The Ministry of Health and the Ministry of Women and Development have a definite interest in the Project and have some resources which will be of value to the Project.  They will be recommending some experts for use in the program, and will also be supplying some educational materials to assist with the health and sexuality, and the fitness and nutrition portions of the Project. The government family planning institute, will also be an important resource for the Project. 

The United Nations Population Fund is already active in the City and they have a strong interest in the social challenge of the single mothers in that community.  There are a number of ways in which they can be related to the Project which are currently being developed.  There could also be some small amounts of supplementary funding available to expand the impact of the Project, but this is a slow process with no specific prospects in sight at this time.  




Potential Challenges for the Project

The ICA- the Country staff always makes a list of potential challenges and then designs its work to directly address them through the design of its projects.  In this case, the use of Promoters and Program Coordinators from the same community is an important protection for the Project, both in terms of tapping into local wisdom and having thirty six people being watchful over the issues that may arise.   By keeping the program schedule open and flexible we should be able to adjust programming to work around the challenges of holidays and work stoppages which can occur with little notice.  The challenge of the safety for the staff and participants has been anticipated in the work designs which are always done in pairs or groups.  The normal challenge of staff turnover during the Project has been anticipated by having back-up staff available for all roles.   

We anticipate the challenge of other women in the community wanting to be part of the Project and to receive the same “benefits” as the mature single mothers.   A dynamic will be something like, “Why are they getting these benefits when we have proper families and no one helps us!”  Also, the community may well feel that the single women who most need help are the young teens of age seventeen and under.  For this reason, the Project design includes many events for the inclusion of the whole community, for instance in fairs and social events.  Also, there are specific responsibilities of each nucleo to counsel and work directly with the younger single mothers and youth in general.

Experience in the City has taught us that the greatest challenge to the Project may well be the interference and jealousy of government agencies and other NGOs.  Our mode of defense against these types of irritating events is to constantly work in a mode of total openness and transparency in the community. We will visit with all know groups and programs as we get underway with the Project and will seek to maintain open communications at all times.  We will also seek to integrate the work of others into the process of the Project.  However, experience has taught us that this process will not handle all issues, which is why the Project Director has the charge of finally managing relationships with other organizations for the protection of the Project objectives.

Anticipated Project Outcomes

It is anticipated that the Project will benefit the neighborhoods of the City and also the society in a number of ways:
•	New employment skills and small businesses to enhance the local economy of the City.
•	Reduction of unwanted pregnancies with the associated birthing and social costs, impacting both local structures and nationally funded structures.
•	Improved child-rearing practices and structures, leading to reduced delinquency in the community and in the Capital where outcast youth tend to migrate. 
•	Reduction of the next-generation perpetuation of single motherhood.
•	Making visible and acknowledging the underlying causes and effects of single-motherhood, and demonstrating a replicable model for dealing with them effectively.
•	A very cost-effective model to deal with the impact of increasing single motherhood in society.
•	Empowerment and preparation of a large sector of the community to assume new leadership roles and responsibilities in the community.
We intend to make the Project one that can be looked back to as the turning point in the social re-development of the neighborhoods.  

Financial Notes for the Budget

The original plan for the Project was to work in three Phases, one per year, therefore directly serving 900 women.  Later we realized that we could use the same overhead of the Project and add two more phases, thereby directly serving 1,500 women at a lower cost per participant.  However, this expansion has created a very tight budget given the 400,000 limit for projects.  Therefore, if the current 399,980 budget is an issue, it can be substantially reduced by reducing the number of women served.  However, the ICA staff would prefer to do the larger project as presented, as it supports our philosophy of using funds most effectively. 
 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>43 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='43'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Proposal for Fighting HIV  Infection </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >intends to train 20 people from 10 rural communities as peer educators; their responsibility is to raise awareness among 2,500 people, those who are vulnerable to HIV infection. This proposal aims also at supporting 20 grandmothers with loans and loan management skills so that they may be able  to care for at least 30 children whose parent died of  AIDS or are living with the pandemic. ICA will follow up the initiatives of these 20 per educators  in their communities and grandmothers in their home.  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Title of Project: Proposal for Fighting HIV  Infection 
1. Summary 
This project titled Proposal for Fighting HIV  Infection intends to train 20 people from 10 rural communities as peer educators; their responsibility is to raise awareness among 2,500 people, those who are vulnerable to HIV infection. This proposal aims also at supporting 20 grandmothers with loans and loan management skills so that they may be able  to care for at least 30 children whose parent died of  AIDS or are living with the pandemic. ICA will follow up the initiatives of these 20 per educators  in their communities and grandmothers in their home. The project will be ran for 12 months and it is expected to cost 5,186,000

2. Introduction: About ICA 
The Institute of cultural Affairs  is initiated by people whose intention is to promote a participative sustainable development with real participation/involvement of local populations. 

Hence ICA mission is to help hopeless people to gain self confidence, to encourage vulnerable groups to discover themselves with new eyes, to lead them in their potentiality identification for the transformation and amelioration of their livelihood.

Thus, ICA aims essentially at endogenous and local development based on enhancing human resources in respect of the dignity of human beings.

3. Problem statement
The country has a population estimated to 6,1 million. At the last count, in 2005, 6,2% of the population is already infected. At the regional level, according to PNLS (National Program for Fighting against AIDS), in 2005, 35 534 people have done voluntary HIV’s testing and among them, 4 172 persons got HIV virus at that time. One Region is at the top, with 18,88% of the infected people. Our area of intervention, is located in a Region where HIV infection’s rate is high. Working in this district, ICA noticed that in several households, women and grandmothers are struggling in hard condition to care for  their grandchildren whose parents died or are living with the pandemic. Worse is that, these mothers or grandmothers don’t have enough financial resources to look after these vulnerable children.

 For fighting HIV-AIDS in the district, the government set up a VCT at the Hospital. Apart from that, many local NGOs focus their actions on awareness raising in big towns only and there is no program that deals with AIDS’ orphans. 

In front of this situation not guaranteeing a bright future that could enable these AIDS’ orphans  to fulfil their potentiality, ICA thinks, appropriate and relevant actions are needed. Therefore, it is only a project like this, intended to support 10 rural communities to get appropriate information about HIV/AIDS and to give more means to these mothers or grandmothers so that they can care better of AIDS orphans or children of PLWA that can guarantee a sustainable development in the rural district.

The beneficiaries of this project are 10 rural communities that are neglected by big NGOs, International and Governmental agencies in their HIV/AIDS program (because they focus their actions in big towns only). On another hand, beneficiaries are also 20 grandmothers who are taking care for at least 30 children of PLWA or whose  parent died of AIDS.

4. Previous work
The above project comes to complete the programme of awareness raising ICA  is implementing in rural communities where people ignore the existence of the pandemic. On the field, we found that our awareness programme linked to prevention is not enough because some people are already suffering of HIV, some died of this pandemic leaving out orphans who become problem for their families. We learnt that we need to continue to spread information about HIV but at the same time ICA must give opportunity/support to people who are struggling to care for their relatives affected by the disease. 

5. Aim :  This project intends at increasing the capacity of 10 communities in rhw district to manage HIV/AIDS effectively

6. Project objectives
   This project wants to:
• raise the awareness/change the behaviour of HIV/AIDS amongst 2,500  people in 10
   communities,
• have at least 30 orphans adequately supported at home,
• have established effective income generating activities amongst grandparents supporting   
  orphans.

    7. Proposal outcome
&#10146;	to have trained 20 persons (2 per community ) as per educators,
&#10146;	to have developed 10 one year action plans (one per community) for awareness campaign,
&#10146;	to have trained 20 grandmothers in income generating and loan management.
&#10146;	To have distributed 40,000 CFA to each of 20 grandmothers.

8. Methodology
ICA will use community-based approach to implement  this project. In     this   scenario,
communities leaders and opinion leaders will identify  and select 20 men and women from 10 communities in the district and ICA will train and support them as Peer Educators. These Peer Educators  will contribute to spread HIV/AIDS message amongst their neighbours those who are great risk for HIV infection.

A part from this, we intend to empower 20 grandmothers of AIDS orphans or PLWA’ children with loans management skills and loans with no interest ( as they are already vulnerable). Brief the project shall be approached through:

a. Peer educators training workshop  
We will  train 20 persons from 10 communities as peer educators during 3 days. At the end of the training, they will get appropriate resource to spread message about HIV prevention  within their neighbours in their communities.

b. Design an action plan through which peer educators will disseminate HIV/AIDA prevention message in their communities  

c. Economic empowerment workshop
Before ICA provide financial resources to 20 grandmothers so that they may be able to care after their grandchildren, this people will  be trained about loan management and how to deal with a generating activity. In addition as the beneficiaries of the loan are vulnerable women, the loan will be reimbursed  but without interest. ICA will set a plan for loan repayment according the nature of the activity of every grandmother. Any way, they will start the reimbursement after the 2 first months of their activities but the loan must be paid before end December 2008.

9. Follow up and visits
 ICA staff will pay regular visits (at least 2 visits/month) to every community to see how the peer educator work, the challenge they meet in order to see how they can improve more their initiatives in different communities. 

ICA will also pays 2 visits per month to grandmothers in their home in order access progress and their daily difficulties.

For the Monitoring, we think, we could use the following indicators:
&#9679;  Number of persons trained as peer educators
&#9679; Peer educators’ activities as a result of their role or function which is necessary for HIV 
    prevention and its impact alleviation.
&#9679;  Level of knowledge of the targeted villages about HIV/AIDS at the end of the project,
&#9679;  New behaviours adopted by youth regarding HIV infection reduction;
&#9679;  Number of people tested;
&#9679;  Number of  grandmothers trained,
&#9679;  Number of  grandmothers that received loans,
&#9679; Different kind of Income generating activities undertaken by grandmothers that can
   enable them care after their grandchildren.
&#9679; What grandmothers use the interest they get for?
&#9679; Number of children supported
&#9679; The feeling of these grandmothers at the end of the project.
 
10. Project Time Table

   A     C    T    I    V    I    T    I    E    S	Period

1. Peer educators training workshop  	
   25th –27th January  2008

2. Economic empowerment workshop 	
  14th 16th February   2008

3. loans providing	
    20 Mach  2008

4 . Campaign in communities	
      All the year long

5. Follow up and visits	   
From January 2008 to Dec 2008


11 Future Funding and Sustainability
The way this project is conceived leads to its sustainability. The Peer educators training workshop planed in the framework of this project offers them appropriate skills to meet HIV awareness program in their different communities. We believe that, as they will have material and tools , they will be able to continue the activity successfully at the end of the funding. Regarding grandmothers, they also have useful skills, knowledge and financial resource to care for their grandchildren. Brief, the same people involved in this project will not need new finding for the same activities in the future.







12. BUDGET IN DETAIL
S/N	ACTIVITIES	Amount in 	Amount 

1	Pairs educators training workshop  (20 participants  + 2 trainers)
Feeding:               6000  X  22  X 3 days	                              
Training venue     25,000    X  3 days		
Accommodation     3,000  X 22  X  3 days
Training material (flip chart, markers…)										                                      
                                                                     Total 	
    396, 000
      75, 000
     198,000
     120,000

     789,000	
           900 
           170 
           450
           272
 
        1,792
2	Economic empowerment workshop and loans providing
   (20 participants + 2 trainers)
Feeding:               6000  X  22  X 2 days	                              
Training venue     25,000    X  2 days		
Accommodation     3,000  X 22   X  2 days
Training material 					
Loans:                   40,000  X 20				                                      
                                                     Total 	
    
    264, 000
      50, 000
     132,000
       25,000
      800,000
  1,271,000
	

          600 
          114 
          300
            57
        1,819
        2,889
3	Planning workshop  (20 participants  + 2 trainers)
Feeding:               6000  X  22  X 2 days	                              
Workshop venue     25,000    X  2 days		
Accommodation     3,000  X 22  X  2 days
Workshop material ( markers…)										                                      
                                                                     Total 	
    264, 000
      50, 000
     132,000
       40,000

     486,000	
           600 
           114 
           300
            91
 
        1,105
4	Support for pairs educators trained in communities
Condom: 
Training in 10 communities                                                                           	     
      50, 000
    250, 000
     300,000	 
          114
          568
          682
5	Follow up
Fuel for the motorbike ICA has already bought:
 30, 000  /month X 12       	             	
	

    360,000	

           818
6
	 Salary
-	The coordinator : 80, 000  /month X 12    
-	2 volunteers:    	60, 000  /month X 12    
                                      Total          	
     960,000
     720,000
  1,680,000	        
       2,182
       1,636
      3,818

7	Stationary 	     300,000
	         682

	
Total of the project               
	
  5,186,000	
    11,786

 
 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>44 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='44'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >HIV/AIDS Stigma – an urban community based HIV/AIDS intervention project  </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >To target 13 schools and conduct training to 13 youth to facilitative leaders’ groups of 30 each who will conduct door to door HIV/AIDS awareness campaigns which will decrease the number of HIV/AIDS infections among 15-24 year olds. To conduct 12 monthly target days for HIV/AIDS testing in collaboration with the health department and the community in order to increase the number of people getting tested. To identify and form a leadership advisory committee with 3 community leaders from each ward to have a visible campaign supported by local leadership. Train 70 community volunteers (10 per ward) in two day HIV/AIDS awareness training and test  the community testing model in a high density urban area. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Title of Project: HIV/AIDS Stigma – an urban community based HIV/AIDS intervention project 
i. Organisation History:
ICA is a registered Non-Profit Organisation. The organisation provides Community and Youth Development programmes and acts as a Service-Provider for the Development Sector, and has clients with UN, Government and Non-Governmental agencies. Throughout its work ICA utilizes a methodology known as Technology of Participation (ToP), which has been developed through practical application over a 40-year period in more than 30 countries worldwide.
ii. Organisation History, Structure, Staffing and Governance
ICA has the Vision “To be a major role player in the promotion of genuine participation, restored human growth and dignity in an equal society."  Over the years ICA has trained and supported approximately 2000 young people through the Youth As Facilitative Leaders Programme to become peer educators and grassroots youth leaders.  The organisation has acted as a service-provider to, amongst others, UNICEF, CRDA Centre for Study of AIDS, Leadership Regional Network, Rural Education Access Programme, Amnesty International, Local Government & Housing, Dept of Education and Catholic Church.  Training has focused on Youth & Community Development, Group Facilitation Methods, Leadership, HIV/AIDS and Gender, Race & Anti-Oppression, amongst others.
The organisation currently has 4 full-time staff members and 10 part-time and casual facilitators, amongst whom are a team of 4 youth facilitators (all aged 20 years and under).  The organisation has a collective structure and approach to governance amongst its staff team, and is supported by a 5 member Board and a Patron,

iii. Problem Statement 
Country has the sixth highest prevalence of HIV in the world, with 18.8% of the population estimated to be infected. The UNAIDS 2006 Global Report, estimated that 320,000 people died of AIDS related deaths during 2005. We have the most severe HIV epidemic in the world. New infections are still increasing with no signs of reaching a natural limit. The total number of people living with the virus at the end of 2005, was estimated by UNAIDS to be in the region of 5.5m. 
Within the age groups of 25-29 years, an estimated 34.5% of women are HIV positive; women between the ages of 20-24 and 30-34 have infection rates just over 29%. By the end of 2005, there were five and half million people living with HIV and almost 1,000 AIDS deaths occurring everyday, according to UNAIDS estimates. This all happens in a society where approximately  61% of the 18 million people live in poverty and 7.9million people are unemployed (this equates to an unemployment rate of 40%). 
A number of factors have been blamed for the rapid rise in HIV/AIDS prevalence, and debate has raged about lack of access to HIV/AIDS information, misconception, and even questions on whether the Government’s response to the epidemic has been sufficient. This misinformation about AIDS has not only hampered efforts to increase access to treatment, but has also created a climate of confusion in which prejudice towards people living with HIV thrives. HIV is sometimes seen as being a disease of the poor. There is some connection between extreme poverty and high HIV prevalence, although the virus in prevalent across all sectors of society. By 1998, although people from more affluent society were starting to come out as being HIV positive, stigmatization of the condition remained still deeply rooted in township areas. 
This city is one of the oldest and one of the poorest of the region, with a population density is 45,000 people per square kilometer. In some areas of the population density reaches peaks of 770 people per hectare (81,000 per square km). The HIV/AIDS epidemic has been spreading dramatically in the the area, which is one of the hardest hit by HIV/AIDS in the country. Almost every family has been affected or infected, whether though illness itself or the loss of one or both parents in the family. Due to the loss of loved ones, the impact on the community, is families and, especially on children, is devastating. This factor creates huge pressure on the overburden family system. Due to the epidemic, unemployment rates have gone beyond 60% and affected households are trapped in a financial pincer situation as health costs rise and income falls. On the other hand, dialogue concerning the issue of HIV/AIDS has only become open in the last couple of years. The dawning awareness created about the epidemic has not yet bee translated to positive behavioral change. The numbers of those newly infected continue to rapidly spiral upward.
Very little has been done in terms of practical and tangible solutions to deal with the situation from a more comprehensive stand point. The effects of HIV/AIDS can only be adequately dealt with in the wider context of stigma as the two are related. This project will act as a direct response, which will accord the community a sustainable option of preventing and reducing the occurrence of HIV/AIDS. The people will be able to demonstrate the measurable difference that can result when a community gets organized comprehensively to deal with stigma and the spread of HIV among all its members.  This community intervention initiative represents an efforts owned and conducted by the community. The participation of the Youth, the most affected segment of the population, in the identification of issues, solutions and strategies, will be of paramount importance.   
iv. Previous and Current Work 
The Youth as Facilitative Leaders (YFL) programme has been in existence since 2002 and has been successfully implementing its vision to “To develop young people as Facilitative Leaders to mobilize and influence positive social change in their schools and communities.”
The Institute`s focus is now on the HIV/AIDS plight. However, it has been the institute’s experience that no one problem or set of problems can be tackled in isolation from the entirety of community’s situation. Keeping this in mind, ICA started working with young people through the YFL Programme – and has had a success in fulfilling their vision through previous activities and working with young people of between the ages of 14-24. More than 2000 young people (both in and out of school) since 2002 have been trained, in areas including: HIV/AIDS, Children’s Rights, Gender Issues (including Women and Child abuse), Leadership, Substance Abuse, Facilitation and Communication Skills, Understanding and Tackling Oppression etc. their activities includes; trainings and education, campaigns, advocacy, lobbying and mobilizing their peers and communities on socio-economic problems. The YFL programme is a Youth owned programme, which seeks to promote socio innovation through genuine participation. 
During 2006, a team of 4 youth facilitators trained 145 young people from 8 groups in gender, HIV/AIDS Leadership & Facilitation skills. All groups have been active with various activities and events in their schools to tackle issues such as gender Inequality, Teenage Pregnancy, HIV testing & HIV/AIDS awareness. Recent events include one involving all groups to mark Women’s day, during which 38 young people voluntarily took HIV tests; a Gender Dialogue to discuss the issue of women in leadership, a whole school awareness day on HIV/AIDS and related issues and the International 16 days for NO violence against women and children.  
v. Planned Work 
I. PUBLIC CAMPAIGNS – will sensitize the community about the importance of each sexually active individual knowing his or her status. ICA will conduct, Educational Awareness Campaigns, including: a. Door to Door Campaigns; b. Community Drama Productions; c. Radio Announcements; d. Community Educational Forums; and, e. Stigma Campaigns.
II. TESTING AND MONITORING – will consist of forming a partnership with the Department of Health, or a private institution which will provide a mobile testing centre available in Alexandra monthly. Two ICA staff will monitor the site on every Monthly Testing Day. Forms and documents will be utilized to keep records of a. Number visited; b. Number tested; c. Number counseled; and d. Number tested positive. These records will be used for Funding Reports and Evaluation purposes. 
III. PREVENTION AND EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS – will focus on changing the public school policy to allow testing in the secondary schools through; a. Dialogues with youth on the subject of testing; and, b. eventually Dialogues with each of the schools` Governing bodies. 
IV. SUPPORT FROM LOCAL LEADESHIP – will be implemented through public HIV/AIDS Dialogues and requesting advice and sponsorship from the seven wards counselors. Each of seven wards will be invited to send three Community Leaders to the two day HIV/AIDS training course for Community Volunteer Leaders for the monthly HIV/AIDS campaigns. 

V. IDENTIFY A CAMPAIGN ID – Will make the ICA HIV/AIDS Testing Project recognizable to everyone who sees the image. A campaign ID image will be designed for T-shirts, handouts and posters. The image will be distributed in many ways throughout the target community.

VI. CONDUCT THREE 2–DAY HIV/AIDS HEALTH TRAINING – The ICA HIV/AIDS Training will be conducted three times in 2008 with 20-25 potential Community Volunteers in each session. The trainees will be chosen through the Wards and they will return to the Wards to educate groups to participate in the monthly Testing Days.

VII. TARGET GROUPS – Will include at least 30 presentations to target groups in the Wards to make them aware of the HIV/AIDS Campaign. The initial visits will be made by the Trainee Teams of 2 during their two day HIV/AIDS Training conducted by the ICA.

The following will be expected the expected output: 

•	To target 13 schools and conduct training to 13 youth to facilitative leaders’ groups of 30 each who will conduct door to door HIV/AIDS awareness campaigns which will decrease the number of HIV/AIDS infections among 15-24 year olds.

•	To conduct 12 monthly target days for HIV/AIDS testing in collaboration with the health department and the community in order to increase the number of people getting tested.

•	To identify and form a leadership advisory committee with 3 community leaders from each ward to have a visible campaign supported by local leadership.

•	Train 70 community volunteers (10 per ward) in two day HIV/AIDS awareness training and test  the community testing model in a high density urban area.    


    
Project Cost		
1. Testing and Dialogues 
- Testing by 12 months @ 5000 each 
- Condom distribution 
Sub- total	
60 000	
8571
2. Public Campaigns 
- Door to Door Campaigns 
- Drama and Stigma campaigns	
8 000
10 000
	
1142
1428
3. Support from Local Leadership
-Forums, seminars with local leaders and community dialogues @ 3 500 per event by 3	
10 500	
1500
4. Identify Campaign ID 
- Produce booklet, campaign logo, posters and pamphlets 	
10 000 	
1428
5. Conduct Health Trainings 
- 6days of trainings by 20 people @ 4000 per training	
24 000	
3428
6. Prevention and Education in school 	10 000	1428
4. Monitoring & Evaluation
		1000
5. Personnel
1 x Coordinator x 12 months @ 2000 per month 
	
24 000
	
3428

Administration

Total Project cost 	15 000 

162 500	2142

25495

 
vi. The partnership intent 
Existing links partnerships will be utilized for promoting the project. As a matter of strategy and policy, the Institute always welcomes participation in their projects from a host of other persons and organizations. From Clubs to funding agencies, to government agencies and other NGOs, ICA welcomes the participation of others with whatever they have to offer. With this document, the Institute and its local partners government and non-government, invite participation and support from whoever is compelled by the need and convinced that a community-based comprehensive approach is the best way to tackle this very complex global issue.   
viii. Project Sustainability
The YFL Programme has been in existence since 2002 and has worked with approx 1 500 young people during that time, with a focus on Children’s Rights, Youth Participation, and Gender and HIV/AIDS issues.  This project is seen as building on the existing strengths of the Programme, which are youth ownership and strong advocacy for gender equality, children’s rights and prevention of gender-based violence.  The project experience and evaluation process will reveal critical learning for future activities and provide insights into future programming.  The Programme intends to expand its geographical focus and intensity during 2007 –2008. Finally, the level of youth ownership consistently ensures implementation of peer education beyond project activities, which supports the overall sustainability of the Programme.

YFL has been building skills and capacity amongst identified young people with the potential to become facilitative leaders, who are then supported to initiate educational activities within their schools and communities. The model is strongly owned by members of the YFL programme and this programme has been an idea and concept developed by core members of the programme, including staff members. Throughout the high level of ownership within the project, there are strong chances of replication within other communities where YFL is operating and the model developed through the HIV/AIDS stigma is one that can be learnt from and implemented effectively elsewhere.  



 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>45 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='45'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >HIV/AIDS PREVENTION YOUTH </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This project is Phase II and we will build upon our previous successes and train 200 YFLs and reach 1400 youth social change agents in the first 24 months, while introducing the Living Well training program after the first year.  The third year of the program is to continue training while focusing on monitoring and evaluation, extensive research, database tracking, and reporting. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >HIV/AIDS PREVENTION YOUTH
I.  SUMMARY
ICA proposes this three-year project to enlist youth as change agents for HIV/AIDS prevention.

A.  Problem Statement
 the County has not only the largest HIV positive population in the world, but also the most at-risk youth population in  the continent.  Approximately 10% of the males between 14 and 25 year olds are HIV positive and 25% of the females in this age range.  Half of all new cases of HIV infections are among young people.  It is estimated that 50% of the  the Countyn youth will die from AIDS related illnesses.

Although there are many youth projects in  the County, few have the advantage of the ICA years of work with its Youth as Facilitative Leaders’  (YFL) Program – a program began almost 40 years ago in Chicago, Ill.  This program has demonstrated the impact of youth as “change agents” rather than problems to be solved.  Other organizations treat youth as passive recipients of information, as vulnerable – not valuable.  This passive approach to youth is seen as helping to inform youth but little to do with changing behavior.  In the ICA process, youth are taught how to be group leaders but more important how they can be implementers of what they plan and determine their future. In  the County, the YFL program has been running since 2002 and has been working in both urban and rural areas using this concept.

B.  Beneficiaries/Target Population
Although much of the original ICA HIV/AIDS work had been with the Township by building local capacity with HIV/AIDS leaders, this first project had progressed to a level of organizational sustainability.  ICA in  the County decided that it needed to work specifically with the five-year old youth network and engage them in the HIV/AIDS related issues.  The direct beneficiaries will be 200 youth leaders and 1400 youth social change agents.

C.  Geographic Region
The geographic reach of this project includes four areas of  the Country.  We will have Youth as Facilitative Leaders teams, consisting of twenty youth, in eight different schools and two out of school youth programs.  We will train these young people on facilitation skills, socio-economic issues they face daily, and on HIV/AIDS.  The uniqueness of this program is that these youth will then design their own programs in their schools and other groups and they will become youth facilitators in the process of conducting their individual activities in partnership with ICA  the County trained facilitators.  Additionally, we will work with the schools to develop ownership of the activities and to create a cohesive relationship between the school administration and the YFL groups.
 

II.   STRATEGY

In Phase I from 2002 to 2005, more than 1000 young people have been reached and informed about HIV/AIDS through trainings.  The trainings provide young people the opportunity to re-evaluate their behavior, such as the appropriate time to engage in sexual intercourse, and give them the skills needed to educate their peers into becoming social change agents.  This program channels youth to create awareness about their own vulnerability and decisions about their lives, while improving the living conditions of those individuals already affected and infected.  This project is Phase II and we will build upon our previous successes and train 200 YFLs and reach 1400 youth social change agents in the first 24 months, while introducing the Living Well training program after the first year.  The third year of the program is to continue training while focusing on monitoring and evaluation, extensive research, database tracking, and reporting.
Goal I: To develop young people as facilitative leaders to mobilize and influence positive social change in the fight against HIV/AIDS in their schools and communities.  
Goal II: To help those affected and infected with HIV/AIDS to not only die well (with dignity), but to learn to live well.

A.  Activities
The proposed activities will address the first APS-defined objective: prevention of HIV transmission by: (1) training those that are most infected and affected by HIV, the youth and other vulnerable children; (2) discuss abstinence, fidelity, and partner-reduction activities with those most sexually active in  the County, and educate youth on the issues of testing and provide access to testing, (3) promote condoms and provide access to condoms; (4) empower youth, especially girls, in communication skills and assertiveness to be more selective of sexual partners and delay of sexual activity, (5) support community action, (6) provide educational material, (7) facilitate and teach facilitation skills, and (5) create supportive community  and educational environments.

B.  Performance Indicators

Objectives	Interventions	Activities	Performance Indicators	Expected Results
Goal I – To develop young people as facilitative leaders to mobilize and influence positive social change in the fight against HIV/AIDS in their schools and communities.  
Objective 1.1

Survey families and youth in (4 regions) 8 schools, and 2 out of school programs of  the County	Baseline Survey and Research



	Baseline Survey prepared and delivered, and results analyzed.

Facilitate Action Plans with 8 schools and 2 youth programs.

	Youth participating in structuring and delivering the survey and Action Plans.

80% participation
	10 surveys completed

10 Action Plans completed (schools and youth programs)

Analysis and research report. Determination of HIV knowledge, attitudes, and behavioral patterns of the youth.

Data collection consistent and ongoing.
Objective 1.2

Train youth in leadership and facilitation skills.	Facilitation training	Train 200 youth in participatory facilitation, leadership skills, and assertiveness training.	75% of youth trained report outreach and collect data	Total of 1400 youths participating in facilitation of other youth and outreach.

Objective 1.3

Train youth in HIV/AIDS prevention	Prevention training courses	Conduct 10 trainings in HIV/AIDS prevention per 
Year including info on teen pregnancy, gender, and violence against women.	70% of youth trained report a change in behavior

75% increase the use of condoms	Reduction in violence and rape. 

Reduction in new HIV infections.

Delay in age of first sex.
Goal II – To help those affected and infected with HIV/AIDS to not only die well (with dignity), but to
 learn to live well.
Objective 2.1

Ensure implementation of the training through youth leaders trained previously.
	HIV/AIDS prevention and education	The HIV/AIDS Field Guide amended to suit  the County culture issued and published.

The training published in local languages.

Nutritional and health diet trainings for PLWHA

Encourage a culture of regular testing. Target schools for testing sites.	The book, and the delivered to every  youth that participates in the project.

75% increase in number of individuals tested.

Increase number of people going for VCT	Measurable reduction in HIV/AIDS.

People infected with HIV/AIDS living better than before specifically defined by the baseline survey and research

Increase in local testing by 50%.
Objective 2.2

Implement facilitated meetings for those affected and infected by HIV/AIDS to implement a behavior change process for prevention.
	
Youth leaders Initiative in each community (8)

Community meetings that include and are lead by youth	
Community active participation.

Develop Planning Events

Community Mapping

Database created.
	Community mapped and information entered into survey, research, and database.

Strategic Action Plan created

Participates attend 80% of the meetings with equal number of men, women, and youth.

25% decrease in early marriages.	8 plans developed.

The communities and the youth see themselves as stakeholders and the future of  the County.

Communities create a community mobilization 3-5 year plan.

Local government and school administration ongoing support.


Exit strategy planned.
Objective 2.3

Track and measure the improved living conditions of those affected and infected with HIV/AIDS.	Capacity building and training in M&E.

Baseline Survey*

Mid-term Evaluation

Three-year final research and report.	
Capacity building of all stakeholders.

M&E system will: (a) access surveillance data, (b) collect data  for programming and evaluation, (c) utilize the MIS with implementing partners, (d) evaluate information, and (e) use to review project and prepare reports.	Monthly reports to measure progress against qualitative measures with accurate tracking of all target information.

Increase of community participation

Youth leadership skills.	Techniques for information accuracy, monitoring: basic data collection and analysis, MIS, information technology all show improvement.

Determination of HIV knowledge, attitudes, and behavioral patterns of the each school, youth program, and community in the project.

C.  Local Partners
This program is designed to be a partnership.  A partial list of other partnerships includes:
•	Government of  the County and local administration
•	Eight schools and two youth out of school youth programs
•	Local testing centers.
•	Local CBOs and NGOs dealing with HIV/AIDS issues such as:
-	Coalition for peace in  the continent– working on issues of Conflict Transformation at grassroots level, especially issues of conflict relating to gender, race and power.
-	Health - working on gender issues, especially encouraging male involvement and partnership between males and females in tackling HIV/AIDS and gender-based violence.
-	V - empowering the community in Impumelelo/Devon, a rural area of Province to take control of their response to the HIV/AIDS pandemic.
-	C – working on anti-oppression issues, especially focusing on tackling ideologies of oppression (whether based on gender, race, ethnicity etc) through ownership and participation, and.

D.  Trainings and Publications
To accomplish change in behavior whether it is abstinence, faithfulness, or correct and consistent condom use – or testing for preventing mother to child transmission (PMTCT) – it requires a process of internalization that includes 1) information about the disease and how to prevent it; 2) a subjective response to the hazards and conflicts inherent in changed behavior; 3) analysis of what has happened to others and what the risks and benefits of change are; 4) a decision to behave in a certain way; and 5) a plan for implementing that decision.  A new understanding or change in “image” by the individual and the community is necessary for sustained change in attitude and behavior.   They must willingly participate in the change process.  The intervention to assist this process is “facilitation.”  By both using facilitation and teaching facilitation skills, we empower local communities and youth groups to manage and engage themselves in their own HIV/AIDS response and take responsibility for their future.  

 Our HIV/AIDS Prevention Education Guide for  the continent Communities has been used in eight  the continent countries. The Ministry of Health has distributed this manual to all nine provinces.  What makes this manual unique is that it is intended for use by community HIV/AIDS educators to assist them in talking with their neighbors about HIV/AIDS prevention and management. It contains fifteen lessons on HIV/AIDS prevention and the care of those affected.  Each lesson answers questions people may have about HIV/AIDS and provides information about the life of an HIV individual, a family and a community.  Each lesson has four major points with accompanying illustrations to share with families and communities, and a suggested corresponding interactive conversation and optional activities for larger groups.  The lessons are based on HIV, Health and Your Community. The Field Guide was originally written on site and was revised for projects in seven additional  the continent countries in 2003.

HIV/AIDS Resource Directory is developed through the community development process using community mapping and participatory strategic planning.  This directory contains information on how to get help on all aspects of HIV/AIDS patient needs.  

Our program staff has been trained in the care system called Living Well. This system allows communities to move from helping people die with dignity to helping them live well.  Living Well is the intervention that guides communities, youth groups, and individuals in HIV/AIDS Positive Self-Management.

E.  Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E)
Our M&E will provide the information that the various stakeholders need to set benchmarks and determine whether they are achieving results and moving towards project impact on schedule.  We have established M&E as one of our main objectives (Objective 2.3 above) and we will employ a M&E expert to design a comprehensive Project Monitoring Plan (PMP) that will contain specific features related to various demands for, and uses of, data and information.  The plan will provide a consistent framework through which information is generated and managed from the field and will be one of the main tasks of ICA once trained in this field.

The YFL coordination team will be visiting the different schools and villages’ monthly in order to monitor activities and provide support to the youth groups.  They will be completing assessment portfolios monthly on each school’s and community’s activities, successes, challenges and learning.  This project is designed to transfer capacity to ICA and the YFL (youth as facilitative leaders) in 4 regions.

III.  SUSTAINABILITY

 the County is a country where majority of youths are expected to die as young adults. For this program to be truly sustainable, the youths of today need to be empowered to make smart decisions about their health, their families, and their economic futures.  This training for 200 youths facilitators grows exponentially by the end of the project timeframe and continues to grow long into the future.  Schools will be empowered with new educational HIV/AIDS programs.  These youth and their schools then will empower the next generation.  They will have the facilitation skills necessary to lead groups and eventually become the next generation of leaders for their country.

 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>47 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='47'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Leadership Training and Integrated Development </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The target beneficiaries for this program include men and women from the ages 18 year though 60 years. The programme targets 14 villages of The community Location. While the Self Help Group component of the programme would target 30 women groups in 15 villages where the Leadership Training and Integrated Development programme phase one would be completed  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >
A. Leadership Training and Integrated Development


Title of the project: - continuation of Leadership Training and Integrated Development Programme Phase II


Project period: January 2010 to December 2012 (3 years)


Total Budget for the project three years: 16, 894, 502








B. Social, Political and Economic back ground

a)  the country

Economic feel from 7.1 million to 1.7 in 2008, the dramatic decline recorded last year shows the full impact of the post election violence, instability in the Government and drought. According to the economic survey, done by the Ministry of National Planning, vision 2030 the plan that was carried at catapulting  the country into to the ranks of newly industrialized countries was under serious threat.

The Major sector of Agriculture and  the country performed poorly. There are 18, 000 fewer jobs created in 2008 year.

The Minister for planning when released the survey said, “All I can say is that meeting the vision objectives is now a challenge. The economic survey notes that, growth in the whole scale and retail sector declined from 11.5% to 5.1%

The manufacturing sector too registered a 3.8% growth rate last year down from 6.5% in 2007 The net effect was that the purchasing power of  the countryns feel as steady rise in the cost of living eroded household revenues. Inflation rate rose to 25% between January and April touching a high rate of 31.5% the following month of May 2008. This resulted into majority of  the countryns cutting spending for essentials.

According to the economic survey 2009, agriculture declined by 5% in 2008. Export earning agricultural sub sector like Horticulture declined from . 67.3Bilion in 2007 to . 58 Billion in 2008. Local Maize production reduced from 32.5 Million bags in 2007 to 26 Million bags 2008.The Economic survey further notes that, while post election violence and high inflation rate occasion by fuel prices dug in to the sector lack of structural policy accelerated the fall. The high cost of agricultural inputs like seeds and fertilizer worsened the situation leading in to low production in both food and cash crops.  

The post election violence resulted to loss of lives, displacement of people from their farms, destruction of property and destruction of crops. The post election violence aftermath is being experienced in the country in which majority of the displaced persons are still living in internally displaced persons Camps (IDP camps). This coupled with poor weather patterns / draught has led to the agricultural sector leading to 50% negative growth rate.

The contraction in the agricultural production led to price increase of most of the food commodities says the survey. Production of maize, the stable food declined from 32.5 million bags in 2007 to 26 million bags in 2008, about 14 million bags that  the countryns consumes annually. That rate fall forced the Government to seek 26 million to import food.

The survey notes that, the Tourism that used to be leading foreign exchange earner and a key employer recorded a massive minus 36% decline against 16.3% growth rate in 2007. The sector earning dropped to 52.7 billion against 65.2 billion in 2007.

The construction and Education, largely driven by the Government high involvement in Road projects and free Primary and subsidized Secondary education programmes are the only sectors that performed better than they did in 2007.
The construction industry grew by 8.3% compared to 6.9% in 2007 while education expanded by 5.8% in the year against 3.7 in 2007.

On the political front, the squabbles in the coalition Government between the major partners keeps on heightening the political temperatures in the country. The political class is doing this at a time when the internally displaced persons are still in the camps. 10 million  the countryns are facing starvation and 56% of the population lives below the poverty line.

A commission of enquiry in the post election violence was established by the Government. 

The mandate of that commission was to probe on the major causes of the violence and come up with a recommendation so that such occurrence would not be repeated in the future and that those who financed or supported the violence would face justice.

The alternative forum number 24 2008/9 notes, an authoritative newsletter on Development issues. On the report noted that, Indeed the  report is one of the boldest reports since independence. Besides rumbling the mighty across the political divide, provides far reaching recommendations that will end election impunity in  the country. The report further notes that, “certainly the commission made a full faithful and impartial inquiry” 

To break the cycle of impunity, which was at the heart of the post election violence, the report recommended the creation of a special tribunal with the mandate to present crimes committed as a result of the post election violence.

The proposed tribunal if established was to have an international out look with non- the countryn being part of the presentation and investigation staff. The  commission was keen on ending the culture, which has permeated within the  the countryn society. 

Over a period of time, there has been a deliberate effort by politicians to obtain power since the early 90s plus the decision not to punish perpetrators, which has led to culture of impunity and instant escalation of violence. The report has indicated that there have not been any serous efforts made by any Government to punish perpetrators of violence or to address the plight of their victims.

The  commission recommended that, in default of settling up the local tribunal, the names of the alleged perpetrators to be handed over to the special prosecutor of the International Criminal Court based in The Hague to conduct further investigation. The motion to set up a local tribunal was debated in parliament early this year and it was defeated. That leaves The Hague option as the only viable option.

Poverty is a breading ground for political violence and violence brings poverty inequality and consistent marginalization of some ethnic groups in sharing of national resources including land and services polarized the violence. The report appears that  the countryns are concerned that resources are distributed inadequately and were quick to point out the inequities. For example over 60% of the population in Capital city city hire in the slums, last year the Government appointed another Independent review commission headed by a judge to look into constitutional and legal frame work in relation to General Elections. On December 5th, 2008 Parliament anonymously adopted the report. The report had strongly recommended that there was a need for radical reform of the electoral commission on the creation of a new electoral management body with a new name and image committed to administrative, excellence in the sense of electoral integrity, composed of a Policy making and a supervisory Board selected in a transparency and inclusive manner.

On December 15th 2008, parliament passed a law to form an interim Independent Electoral Commission. The members of the Interim Independent Electroral Commission were this year in May appointed and the former electoral commission was disbanded.

On constitutional reforms, the constitution review of Bill 2008 to facilitate the completion of the review of the  the country constitution has been enacted and a team of experts to move the process have been appointed.

The unemployment of the youth in  the country is contributing to the establishment of gangs and militias groups that are threat to National security. According to recent media reports, one of the outlawed gangs mostly operating in Capital city and the wider central Province, has been accused of murdering 26 people

There is an urgent need to tackle the unemployment amongst the youth because they currently constitute about 60% of the adult population in  the country. The Government established the Youth Enterprise Fund. However, the efforts need to be completed by both the civil society and the private sector. The Government’s plan to raise the retirement age fro 55 years to 60 years is a slap on the face of the youth in this country.

b) location 

The community location lies in the newly created District that was curved out of  District. This is in line with the new government policy of making every constituency in the country to become a district. This is meant to bring resources and services closer to the people. Currently, the Government is in the process of establishing the offices of various ministries in the District. The District headquarters have been situated in Town which is 65 Km from The community location. The area has a new member of parliament. The community location now lies in the new Division. The location has a new elected civic leader. The community shopping center was in 2008 installed with electric power. This is expected to improve the local economy of the location. The inhabitants of the location are mainly subsistence farmers who rely on rain fed agriculture. The crops grown in the location includes maize, beans, cowpeas, sorghum and green grams as the main food crops. The Location has poor road infrastructure with no tarmac road and 10% of the population has access to piped water. The location has been adversely affected by droughts in which there has been total crop failure for the last consecutive two years. Following the persistent droughts, the people have resulted to detrimental coping mechanisms of burning and selling of charcoal. This business has led to cutting down of trees without replacing them thus leading to environmental degradation. Other income generating activities include, weaving of baskets mainly for women, micro business, buying and selling of livestock and casual labour. In April 2009 the area chief and other two representatives from the location participated in the review of ICA HIV and AIDS policy.

C. RATIONALE FOR THE PROJECT AND TARGET GROUP TO BE ADDRESSED BY THE PLANNED PROJECT

The community location has four sub- locations with 29 villages. During the first phase of the LTID programme for the period 2007- 2009, 15 villages were covered. The LTID phase two is aimed at covering the other two sub-locations with 14 villages in total. The 14 villages in the two new sub –locations have no development strategic plans for their villages. Lack of the plans in the two sub-locations and villages will lead to lack of focus for development activities in the villages. This in return will affect the socio-economic development of both men and women. Lack of plans in the villages has been contributed primarily by inadequate leadership skills for the leaders in the sub-locations and the villages. A low level of education is partly one of the key causes of the inadequate leadership skills. There is therefore a need to organize and facilitate strategic planning events (SPE) at village level as well as the sub-location level as well as training leaders on leadership and facilitation skills. 
 According to the baseline survey conducted by ICA in 2007 in the location, Poor farming methods (inadequate dry land farming techniques) is one of the contributing factor to food insecurity in the location. The effect of lack of enough food throughout the year results to malnutrition, hunger and starvation, increased drop out of children from schools as well as charcoal burning which has been cited as one of the coping mechanism for food insecurity. This has in turn resulted to environmental degradation including soil erosion. This trend would be reversed by practical training on sustainable agriculture and agro forestry.
According to the baseline survey conducted by ICA in The community location in 2007, 79% of the people interviewed reported to have insufficient knowledge about HIV and AIDS prevention, care and support for people living with HIV and AIDS. If this is not brought to rest may result to increased new infections, reduced productivity of men and women as well as increased HIV and AIDS orphaned children. There is a dire need for an intervention of behavior change for the community. 
 The baseline survey report indicates that, there is only one VCT facility is in Health Center 65Km from the location. The traveling cost and time taken to access the VCT facility is challenging to the The community community. This results to many people not having direct access to the facility thus challenging the prevention mitigation measures. Establishment of mobile VCT in the villages will go along way in enabling the community to have a direct access to the VCT services and would reduce time and money spend on traveling to distance places. 
People Living with HIV and AIDS are faced with a couple of challenges. Depressions, medication, fear of death, stigmatization, fatigue as well as lack of goal setting. Positive self-management programme is therefore necessary to enable people living with HIV and AIDS to live normal lives. 
Due to power imbalance in the traditions between men and women, women whose husbands have died face many challenges; Denial of inheritance and succession of their deceased husbands estate, violation of Human Rights as well as exploitation by the deceased husbands kinsmen. Training on paralegal for the widows is necessary to equip them with knowledge to fight discrimination and injustice. 
Although the The community community was not affected during the post election violence there are regular conflicts among and between families especially in land and property ownership matters. This creates a lot tension and misunderstanding among and between families. In addition, there are reported cases of domestic violence where husbands beat wives for unspecified and unjustified reasons. There is therefore need to sensitize the community on peaceful conflict resolution mechanism.  
 The Baseline survey conducted by ICA in 2007 indicated that there is a major disparity between men and women. Women do not own land and this limits their production ability and capacity. The farm output (harvest) is generally controlled by the men. However, it should be noted that it is the women who provide most of the manual labour in the farms. In addition women in community do not own cattle and cannot make decision on sale or disposal of cattle despite that they are the ones who takes care of them. The Gender disparity becomes a burden to women. This calls for community sensitizations on gender through campaigns and training.

Women in rural areas are faced with number of challenges; over 50% of the women living in the rural areas in  the country are either semi- illiterate or are illiterate. Majority of them have limited access to credit facilities, better health care, water and Electricity. 

Rural women are Vulnerable to Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD) as well as HIV and AIDS infections. Domestic violence, rape and Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) are some of other challenges faced mostly by women living in rural areas. This situation leads to the “Feminization” of poverty in rural areas and that means “the poor of the poorest” are mostly women. Due to self depreciation, this group of people rarely associated themselves with other people and tends to even isolate themselves with the rest of the society.

A statement by  the funder titled “Justice for the poor 2000, challenges and areas of activities notes that, “Political and Economical decisions are mostly taken by men. In many societies women are assigned to tasks in Education, food preparation, household activities, health care and caring for the sick and the old. Where women do find employment in production industries, they are mainly given subordinate, poorly paid and temporally jobs without social security benefits. By way of justification, there is the attempt also in democratic societies to revive the more traditional norms. In some countries, religious and cultural fundamentalism adds to the social and political checks imposed on women. In situation armed conflict, in which the elementary rules of human coexistence are sacrificed the interest of imposing power, women and children are the ones to suffer the most.

In many instances, women hold their own views concerning the organization of work and family life, production and reproduction and not least dealing with nature. Women’s groups have sprung up in many places seeking to work together in order to change their conditions against all resistance. Where discriminatory occur, there are almost invariably organizations which are eager to abolish them. Women peruse economic activities and thus ensure the survival of their families. But at the same time they advocate a basic change in social conditions.

There is therefore a need to empower the women in rural areas to build a strong society of women living in the rural to break the cycle of poverty and enable them to live dignified lives.

The target beneficiaries for this program include men and women from the ages 18 year though 60 years. The programme targets 14 villages of The community Location. While the Self Help Group component of the programme would target 30 women groups in 15 villages where the Leadership Training and Integrated Development programme phase one would be completed. The programmes will directly benefit the following types of people:
•	140 leaders 10 from each of the 14 villages (5 men and 5 women) through leadership training and exchange forum.
•	480 people through strategic planning events (30 per village 15 men and 15 women per village and 30 from each of the two sub locations)
•	280 farmers from 14 villages, 20 per village (10 men and 10 women) through sustainable Agriculture and Agro forestry training
•	280 farmers through exchange visits.
•	100 widows through paralegal training 50 per sub-location
•	280 people through HIV and AIDS prevention education training
•	1500 community residents from 14 villages through Voluntary counseling and testing.
•	60 people living with HIV and AIDS through Positive self management training
•	600 people through peace and conflict resolution campaign (one campaign with 100 people per sub location per year for three years for two sub location)
•	100 people through Gender training, 50 from each sub location (25 men and 25 women from each sub location)
•	140 community residents and leaders through stakeholder for a
•	600 women from 30 self Help Groups in 

Majority of the beneficiaries are subsistence farmers who are mostly Christians. ethnic community predominantly inhabits the area. The criteria for the selection of the target beneficiaries would be the willingness and motivation to work with the programme. Other consideration would be equal participation of both women and Men, and local leaders.

The target beneficiaries for the programme participated in a baseline survey that was done in the area in 2007 and articulated the development needs of the area. The beneficiaries would involved in attending training, voluntary counseling and testing, peace and conflict resolution campaigns, follow up meeting, monitoring trips and evaluation of the project components.

D. OBJECTIVES, GOALS AND INDICATORS 

a) Overall Goal

The overall goal of the LTID programme phase two is to empower the The community community with relevant skills and knowledge to undertake their own development in a sustainable manner.

b) Indicators

Leadership Training: This will be measured against the number of people trained and are able to effectively facilitate planning sessions and meetings in their own sub locations and villages as well as monitoring of development projects. 

Strategic Planning Events: The success would be measured against a two-year comprehensive strategic plan for each of the 14 villages as well as the two sub locations and how the plans are being coordinated by leaders and implemented by community residents.

Sustainable Agriculture and Agro-forestry training: The success would be measured against the percentage of people trained and using dry land farming techniques in their farms, the increase on food production per acreage and the number of trees planted per farmer.

Para – Legal Training: The success would be measured against the number of people trained and are able to use the skills.

HIV and AIDS Prevention Education Training: The success would be measured against the number of people trained and have changed their behavior, attitude and perception on HIV and AIDS. 

Voluntary Counseling and Testing: The success would be measured against number of people counseled and tested on HIV and AIDS in every village.

Positive Self– Management Programme Training: The success would be measured against the number of People Living with HIV and AIDS trained and are using the skills acquired. 

Peace and Conflict Resolutions: This would be measured against the number of campaigns organized and the number of people attending the campaigns.

Gender Training: This would be measured against the number of people trained, their change in attitude, perception and the level of awareness. 

Leadership Exchange Fora: This would be measured by against the number of events held.

Stakeholders Forum: The success would be measured against the number of events held, the number of people in attendance and the level of networking at the project level

Farmers Exchange visits: Success would be measure against the number of events held and the number of farmers attending. 

Establishment of a Federation of a Community Based Women Self Help Group: Success would be measured against a registered and functional community based women organization capable with capacity to lobby with Government and civil society organizations to bring policy changes, social and economic development and political empowerment.

Intended achievements to be made through the planned project are: -

•	Organize and train 140 leaders from 14 villages on Leadership approaches and facilitation skills.
•	Organize and facilitate 16 Strategic Planning events (14 strategic planning events in 14 villages and 2 strategic planning events in 2 sub – locations  
•	Train 280 farmers from 14 villages on dry land farming techniques and Agro – forestry.
•	Train 100 widows on Para –Legal.
•	Train 280 people on HIV and AIDS Prevention education.
•	Facilitate Voluntary Counseling and Testing for 1500 people from 14 villages.
•	Organize and facilitate Positive self – Management Training for 60 people Living with HIV and AIDS 
•	Organize and Facilitate 6 campaigns on Peace and Conflict Resolution.
•	Organize and facilitate Gender training for 100 people from 2 sub – locations.
•	Organize and facilitate 3 leaders exchange fora.
•	Organize and facilitate 3 stakeholder fora.
•	Organize and facilitate 3 exchange visits for 280 farmers. 
•	Conduct a final evaluation of the programme.
•	Conduct a yearly financial Audit of the programme.
•	Capacity building for staff on Positive self-management programme master training, TOT on project management and TOT on peace and conflict resolution.
•	Formation of federal structured women Community Based Organization capable of propelling their own Development Socially economically and politically.

E. RESULTS TO BE REACHED ON PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND INDICATORS

PROJECT SUMMARY 	MEASURABLE INDICATORS AND EXPECTED RESULTS	MEANS OF VERIFICATION	IMPORTANT ASSUMPTIONS 
GOAL			
OBJECTIVE 1	Organize and train 140 leaders from 14 villages on Leadership approaches and facilitation skills.	Progress reports 	Leaders trained are more effective.
OBJECTIVE 2	Organize and facilitate 16 Strategic Planning events (14 strategic planning events in 14 villages and 2 strategic planning events in 2 sub – locations  	2 year Strategic Plans.	With strategic planning events development is focused.
OBJECTIVE 3	Train 280 farmers from 14 villages on dry land farming techniques and Agro – forestry.	Progress reports and follow ups and physical observation of number of trees planted by each farmer.	When farmers are trained they can produce food enough for consumption and surplus for sale.
OBJECTIVE 4	•	Train 100 widows on Para –Legal.
	Progress report	Once widows are empowered they can fight for their rights. 
OBJECTIVE 5	Train 280 people on HIV and AIDS Prevention education.	Progress report and follow ups.	When trained the people are able to change their behavior attitudes and perception on HIV and AIDS. 
OBJECTIVE 6	Facilitate Voluntary Counseling and Testing for 1500 people from 14 villages.	VCT attendance list and progress report. 	If VCT facility is closer to the people is more convenient in terms of time and traveling cost.
OBJECTIVE 7	•	Organize and facilitate Positive self – Management Training for 60 people Living with HIV and AIDS 
	Progress report and follow ups 	People trained on Positive self – Management are able to set goals and achieve them.
OBJECTIVE 8	Organize and Facilitate 6 campaigns on Peace and Conflict Resolution	Progress report and follow ups meetings. 	Peace and conflict awareness would reduce conflict.
OBJECTIVE 9	Organize and facilitate Gender training for 100 people from 2 sub – locations.	Progress report and follow up meetings 	Gender training would empower both men and women on attitude change towards property ownership, control and decision making involvement.
OBJECTIVE 10	Organize and facilitate 3 leaders exchange fora	Leadership exchange report	When leaders share information, they add value to their leadership.
OBJECTIVE 11	•	Organize and facilitate 3 stakeholder fora.
	Stakeholders forum report	Networking and collaboration with others adds value to project implementation 
OBJECTIVE 12	Organize and facilitate 3 exchange visits for 280 farmers	Exchange visit report	Seeing is believing 
OBJECTIVE 13	Conduct a final evaluation of the programme	Evaluation report	Improves the quality of the programme and articulates the future direction of the programme 
OBJECTIVE 14	Conduct a yearly financial Audit of the programme	Financial Audit report	Audit contributes to transparency and accountability of project funds.
OBJECTIVE 15	Capacity building for staff. PSMP master training, TOT on project management, TOT on peace and conflict resolution.	Progress reports 	The world is dynamic 
OBJECTIVE 16	•	Formation of federal structured women Community Based Organization capable of propelling their own Development Socially economically and politically.
	Registration certificate, Progress reports on Group activities	Poor of the poorest when empowered can break the cycle of poverty and enjoy dignified lives.
Basic data has been collected and documented through a baseline survey conducted in 2007 except on the formation of a Federation of women Community Based Organization. The data would be collected through a baseline survey during the first year of the project. There are basic information forms which are filled for every member of the SHG in order to give the baseline information against which success would be benched. These forms also give a basis on monitoring and evaluation of the programme at whatever level or stage of implementation. 

F. IMPACT ON THE TARGET GROUP / BENEFICIARIES

The programme aims at improving the quality of leadership through training on leadership methods, facilitation skills and leaders exchange fora. Strategic planning events would be held at village and sub location level to create two-year development plans. Farmers would be empowered through training on dry land farming techniques and agro forestry and farmer exchange visits. On HIV and AIDS the programme aims at minimizing new infection cases through training on prevention education and voluntary counseling and testing. People living with HIV and AIDS would be trained on positive self-management so that they can lead fulfilling lives. Training on gender would create more awareness on different roles and responsibilities played by both men and women as well as addressing the attitudes and perceptions on gender issues.  Widows will be empowered to have a better understanding of their rights and responsibilities so that they can be able to fight discrimination and exploitation. The campaigns on peace and conflict resolution are geared towards minimizing the effects of conflicts in the community and create more harmonious and cohesive environment in the community. The formation of a Community Based Women’s’ organization empowered through training would enable the poorer of the poorest in the community to utilize their God-given potential through the Self Help Group approach to  break from the vicious cycle of poverty and champion their own development.
 The programme would foster networking and collaboration with other stakeholders in the location and beyond. 

The Basic data has been collected and documented through a baseline survey conducted in 2007




G.  IMPACT OF THE PROGRAMME TARGET GROUPS / BENEFIACARIES 

1)	Leadership and facilitation training: assessment of impact would look into competence of leaders in organizing and facilitating strategic planning events as well as organizing and facilitating community meetings.   

2)	Strategic planning Events: Assessment of impact would look into development and implementation of development plans in each of the villages and sub-location 

3)	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: Assessment of impact would look into what extend are farmers using the dry land farming techniques as well as planting trees in their farms. 

4)	Paralegal training for widows: Assessment of impact would look into the number of widows trained as wells percentage of widows who have been able to inherit poverty as well as fighting discrimination and exploitation.

5)	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  Assessment of impact would look into the number of people who have been trained as well as change of behavior, attitudes and perceptions.

6)	Voluntary counseling and testing: assessment of impact would look into the number of people counseled and tested

7)	Peace and conflict resolution: Assessment of impact would look into the number of people who have attended as well as minimized land and domestic cases. 

8)	Positive self management programme training: Assessment of impact would look into the number of people trained and effectively managing their condition as well as to what extend they are able to set and implement their goals.

9)	Gender training: Assessment of impact would look into change in gender roles, attitudes and perceptions as well as the number of women holding leadership positions in the community.

10)	 Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization: Assessment of impact would look into activities planned and carried out by the group, the number of training organized by the volunteer facilitators from the group, Training manuals, the number of meetings held and documentation of such meetings as well as the number of people served by the Community based Organization.

The basic data has been collected through a baseline survey conducted in 2007 except on the formation of a Federation Structured Women Community Based Organization

H. INTENDED IMPACT FOR THE PROJECT AREA AND THE WIDER ENVIRONMENT:


1.	Leadership and facilitation training: would lead into, 
•	Effective organization and facilitation of meetings 
•	Coordination of development projects
•	Improved communication between leaders and community residents.

2.	Strategic planning Events: would lead into,
•	Strategic Planning events
•	Focused development Plans at the village and sub – location levels.
•	Leaders and community residents know what they want to do and when.

3.	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: would lead to,
•	Improved farming methods lead to increased food production.
•	Planting of trees

4.	Paralegal training for widows: 
•	Empowerment of widows leading to minimized cases of exploitation and discrimination on inheritance of property

5.	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  
•	Change of sexual behavior.
•	Reduction of new infection rates in the community. 

6.	Voluntary counseling and testing: 
•	Would enable people to know their HIV and AIDS status

7.	Peace and conflict resolution: 
•	Minimize conflict amongst family members and the community in General

8.	Positive self management programme training: 
•	People living with HIV and AIDS would be capable of setting up personal goals and work towards achieving them
•	With PSMP training People living with HIV and AIDS can live fulfilling lives free of depression. 

9.	Gender training: 
•	Help the community to know gender issues in the communities and how to tackle them.
•	Accept women to be legal partners in decision making on matters affecting the whole community.

10.	Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization:
•	Improved infrastructure 
•	Improved services in health, Education and Environment
•	Improved quality on delivery of services by Government and civil society organizations leading to improved standards of living  

I. SUSTAINABILITY 

Sustainability would assure through training and mentoring community resource persons in every programme component.

INDICATORS OF SUSTAINABILITY

1)	Leadership and facilitation training: The level in which leaders are able to organize and facilitate planning and mobilize the community to develop and implement projects in their villages and sub-location.
2)	Strategic planning Events: the level at which village development committees are able to plan on their own

3)	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: Level at which farmers are using the dry land farming methods and number of trees they are planting on their own.
4)	Paralegal training for widows: Level at which widows are able to advocate for their rights, property ownership as well as fighting discrimination and exploitation.
5)	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  Level at which the community has internalized HIV and AIDS prevention measures.
6)	Voluntary counseling and testing: Level at which ICA would empower the community to lobby for the establishment of a VCT facility at the community level by the ministry of health. 
7)	Positive self-management programme training: Level at which people living with HIV and AIDS are able to accomplish their own goals.
8)	Peace and conflict resolution: level at which the community has been able to handle land, property and domestic violence cases.
9)	Gender training: Level at which roles are shared at the family level as well as attitudes and perceptions have changed in defining sharing of responsibilities.
10)	Stakeholders fora. Level at which the community is able to network and collaborate with other development agencies as well government ministries.
11)	Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization: The community Based organization would have their own trained facilitator who would continue with the training of the groups far beyond the project period.


J. ACTIVITIES PLANNED AND WORKING METHODS

1)	Leadership and facilitation training: The training curriculum for basic leadership training would be reviewed and revised by the programme staff with support from external consultant. The advanced leadership-training curriculum would be developed by programme staff and external consultant. 7 non-residential courses would be held for 20 participants. Recruitment would be done in such a way that there are equal number of women and men in every course. Attention would be paid to ensure that youth leaders participate in the trainings. A recruitment form will be designed and ICA programme staff would conduct the recruitment. The basic trainings would take place at the community level for three days. After every course an evaluation of the course would be conducted with the participants. The objective of the evaluation would be to improve on the quality and organization of the future trainings. The facilitators of the training would conduct an assessment on the performance of the participants at the end of the course. The assessment report would be used to select 10 participants from every course to go to the next level of advanced leadership training. The 10 would comprise of 5 women and 5 Men. Graduation event would be held for each training and certificate of participation issued. During the graduation events other civil society organizations and government officials would be invited including the media. The participants of the advanced leadership training would be people who have successively gone through the basic leadership training. 3 residential courses would be held. The first course would have 24 participants and the remaining two courses 23 each. Programme staff would do facilitation. After the training the participants would be issued with certificates of participation. The participants trained on the advanced leadership training would become community resource persons (CORPS). The CORPS would work with the programme in the following areas:
a)	Community mobilization
b)	Assist in recruitment of participants for trainings
c)	Assist in organizing training events
d)	Assist in facilitating training and campaigns (HIV and AIDS prevention, Agriculture and Agro forestry, Peace and conflict resolution campaign, gender training, basic leadership training, monitoring and follow ups of the programme, assist in making arrangements for leaders exchange forum and stakeholders exchange forum.
e)	Assist in project site visits.
f)	Assist in programme evaluation 

2)	Strategic planning Events: 16 strategic planning events will be conducted. One in each of the 14 villages and one in each of the two sub-locations. The events would be non- residential. The basic planning procedures for strategic planning would be reviewed and updated by the ICA programme staff and administration staff. ICA administration staff, programme staff together with the community resource persons would facilitate the strategic planning events. The outcome of the strategic planning events would be a two-year action plan of development projects to undertaken by each village and sub-location. ICA staff will monitor the strategic plans and CORPS in which necessary adjustments on the plans will be made. 30 participants from each village will participate in development of the strategic plans. 30 participants would also be involved in the development of the sub-location strategic plans. There would equal representation of both women and men including the youth.
3)	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: The training would be non-residential. Twenty participants would be trained in each of the 14 villages. Each training would take five days and would be facilitated by ICA program staff. When and where necessary resource persons from the ministry of Agriculture and other agricultural institutions would be sourced. The participants would be trained on dry land farming techniques and agro forestry. Each farmer would be expected to plant and take care of at least 20 seedlings. Practical training would be facilitated in the farms.280 farmers would expose to dry land farming techniques through exchange visit to dry land farming institutions in the arid regions. The ICA programme manager would facilitate organizing the visit. Equal number of women and men would be involved.  6 trips would be facilitated for the 280 farmers.
4)	Paralegal training for widows: Four non-residential courses would be organized each with 25 participants. Each course would take five days and would be facilitated by an officer from the office of the attorney general at the district level. The paralegal training would be conducted during the second and third year.  
5)	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  The training would be none residential. Each training would have 20 participants and would take place at the village level for five days. ICA administration staff, programme staff, community resource persons and ministry of health staff would do the facilitation. The HIV and AIDS training field guide would be reviewed and updated by ICA staff, ministry of health and other organizations involved in HIV and AIDS prevention initiatives.
6)	Voluntary counseling and testing: Mobile VCT would be initiated at the village level. This would be done in partnership with the ministry of health in District. The responsibility of counseling and testing would be undertaken by Ministry of health personnel. ICA programme staff and the community resource persons would do the community mobilization. The mobilization would take two days per village and the VCT would be one day per village. Those who test positive would be referred to ICA training on Positive self-management programme.
7)	Positive self-management programme training:  The PSMP training is aimed at empowering people living with HIV and AIDS to enhance their well-being by taking a great control of their lives including setting goals and implementing them. Several assumptions underlay the PSMP training;	
•	People with similar chronic conditions such as HIV and AIDS have similar concerns and problems.
•	People with HIV and AIDS when given the training not only deal with their diseases but also with the impact it has on their lives and emotions.
•	Peers with HIV and AIDS when given and detailed leaders manual can teach PSMP as effectively as health professionals.
•	The process or the way PSMP is taught is as important as the subject matter that is taught.

Three residential trainings would be organized each with 20 participants. This training would be facilitated by trained administration staff, programme staff and volunteers.
8)	 Peace and conflict resolution: Two campaigns would be organized per year, one at each sub-location. Community resource persons and ICA programme staff and administration staff would do this. Poster and pamphlets on the need to stop domestic violence and peaceful disputes resolution would be distributed. Arrangements would be made top ensure that Men participate in this campaign in large numbers. 
9)	Gender training:  The ICA curriculum on gender would be reviewed and updated by ICA programme staff. The purpose of the gender training is to create awareness in the community as a result of traditional beliefs and practices. 4 non-residential courses each with 25 participants would be facilitated by ICA programme staff. Recruitment of participants would be done in a way to ensure equal participation of women and men.  Each training would take five days. 
10)	Stakeholders fora.  One day workshop would organized each year for three years for partners working in and around the project area. The objective is for the partners to share best practices and avoid duplication of effort. The workshop would also look into way of working and supporting each other. The Workshop would be non residential and would be held in a central place. ICA programme staff would facilitate the workshop.
11)	Leader exchange fora. The objective of the leaders exchange forum is for the leaders to share information in regards to leadership practices that have worked and not worked. One leaders exchange forum would be held each year for three years. Each event would take one day and would be non residential. ICA programme staff would facilitate the forum. 
12)	Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization and the Self Help group Model: 

The self – Help Group model operates at three levels: -

1.	Firstly the poorer of the poorest form groups of 15 – 20 people self help groups.

2.	Secondly 8 – 10 groups come together to form a Cluster Level Associations (CLA). The Cluster Level Associations are comprised of two representatives’ members from each group and focuses on the communal needs and establishes linkages with other resource providers.
3.	Thirdly, 8 – 10 clusters come together to for federation. The federation then registers itself as a Community Based Organization (CBO) through the empowered members; the federation is expected to bring Social transformation in the community as well as lobbying with the Government and other civil societies to bring policy changes as well as social and economic development and political empowerment. At each level of cluster level Association, a volunteer community facilitator is selected to be trained so that he/she would train the groups. The facilitators are trained by the implementing organization. 

The facilitators are trained on: -

1.	Self – Help Group concept.
2.	Savings, loans, credit management and business skills.
3.	Goal setting and preparation of Action Plans.
4.	Communication and leadership skills.
5.	Problem solving and conflict resolution
6.	Use of PLA tools
7.	Human rights

Facilitators Training;

Two five day courses would be organized for the volunteer facilitators. Both ICA  the country staff and different government ministries will provide trainings for the facilitator who will in turn train the Self Help Groups. The training at the community level would be facilitated by the volunteer facilitators. Each of the 30 Groups would be trained by 2 of their trained facilitators. All the training would be non – residential. 

Formation of the federation and Women Self Help Groups

The community will identify the poor of the poorest women in each of the 15 villages. Two groups per village would be formed making the total number of groups to 30. From the 30 groups, 4 Clusters Level Association would be formed. From the 4 cluster of association a federation of Community Based Women Organization would be formed and registered with the Ministry of Gender Sports and national Heritage. 

Self help Group Training;

Two Self Help Groups in each of the fifteen villages would undergo training. Each training would be non – residential and would be held at the village level. The training in each group would be facilitated by the two volunteer facilitators selected and trained from each group. Each training would take five days. Each of the facilitators would receive an honorarium of 4, 000 per Month. The programme would pay 100% of this amount for first 6 months of the first year. During the second half of the first year the programme would pay 75% of that amount and the Community Based Women Organization would pay 25%. During the second year, the programme would pay 50% and the Community Based women organization would pay 50%. During the first half of the third year, the programme would cover 25% and the Community Based Women Organization would cover 75%. On the second half of the third year, 100% of the costs would be covered by Community Based Women Organization.

Phase Out:

ICA would phase out once the Federation of the Community Based Women Organization is operational and functional, at the end of the three years. It would be expected that at that time the Community Based Women Organization would have the ability and capacity to plan, re-plan, implement, monitor and evaluate their own self help development 

K. PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Programme Monitoring and follow- ups

The Leadership Training and Integrated Development Programme Manager would be responsible for the day-to-day management and implementation of the programme at the field level. The programme manager would be responsible for supervision of staff and volunteers, facilitation of staff meetings, networking and collaboration, hosting of site visits, preparation and submission of progress reports, assist in fund raising for matching funds for the programme and preparation of operation budgets. 
To ensure that the programme activities planned are on track regular monitoring and follow-ups would be done and that necessary adjustments would be made in time if the conditions in the project area change. This would be the responsibility of the programme manager and the staff.
The administration office would be responsible for preparation of narrative report, financial report and audit reports and submission to donors. Staff from the Administration office would work with the program staff in facilitating HIV and AIDS prevention education, PSMP training, Strategic planning, peace and conflict resolution campaigns.

Programme Evaluation

An internal evaluation of the programme would be done after 18 Months. The aim of the internal evaluation would be to assess the need of any necessary adjustment so as to meet the set objectives of the programme. An external evaluation would be carried at the end of the programme.

L. RISKS  
a)	Drought
The project area is in Arid and Semi Arid Land. This area has been experiencing persistent drought that has in turn affected food production in particular and food security in general. If the drought continues there would be a risk in community participation in the programme activities since they would be forced to look for food and water as opposed to participating in the project activities. To address this risk the programme has a component of sustainable agriculture and agro forestry training meant to address the risk in the long term. 

 
b)	General elections
There would be a general election in December 2012. During the second half of the third year of programme implementation, chances are that there would be political campaign rallies in the area. This is likely to affect the programme activities implementation. During this period, project activities would be planned for the day when there would be no political rallies.

M. PERSONNEL

Full time staff 

The programme would require three full time staff. Programme manager and two facilitators. Two men and two women would serve the programme.

Volunteers

Volunteers would serve the programme from time to time 

Administrative staff

The programme would require the services of part time staff as follows:
1)	National director 10% time
2)	Accountant 50% time

N. EQUIPMENT

The programme would require the following equipments:
1)	Power point projector
2)	One computer 
3)	One photocopier
4)	Book shelf
5)	Office clock
  </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>49 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='49'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >GLBT Youth
Leap to Your Dreams </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >We will train young women and young men in single sex groups in how to action plan projects, how to anticipate risk and understand risk-taking.  The groups will be supported to develop new projects / new organisations (such as clubs/ societies/ co-operatives), and through this experience, will learn how to identify and manage risks.  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >GLBT Youth
Leap to Your Dreams
What
We will train young women and young men in single sex groups in how to action plan projects, how to anticipate risk and understand risk-taking.  The groups will be supported to develop new projects / new organisations (such as clubs/ societies/ co-operatives), and through this experience, will learn how to identify and manage risks. We will analyse how the groups create their projects, and whether there are differences between young women’s and young men’s attitudes towards risk. The young people will develop a games and activity pack for workers and showcase this and our findings at a 'Riskpedition' event.
Objectives
For young people to understand it is ok to take calculated ambitious risks, exploring their attitudes to risk and to challenge young people who have never developed a new project to do so
To teach young people about funding opportunities so they are armed with the skills to set up/finance new groups
To explore whether young men and young women view risk differently, and if so why? And can we do anything gender specific to encourage young people to take more calculated risks?
To produce an activity and resource pack exploring risk and gender to be launched at the Riskpedition.
To give young people the opportunity to 'be' the research; analyse their own projects and present their own findings at the Riskpedition (like expedition) event- an action-conference with different sections running in different locations.
To challenge young people's perceptions / fears of failure which often prevent them from giving something a try
To train workers who are working with young people on the importance of developing calculated risk-taking as a life-skill
Who
Young people aged 16-19 who are based in the North West
Young people being 'worked with' in Youth Projects but who are not necessarily taking an active role in leadership/ creating new projects.
Many of these young people may not necessarily be the innovators within their schools/ colleges or workplaces, but may thrive in a more informal education environment

Partners
Youth Clubs in the North West that we can recruit through our existing networks and also through our links with The North West Regional Youth Work Unit and our links with voluntary/ third sector coalitions.
The city or The University will help us to put on the riskpedition event as they have both shown initial interest
Our own volunteers for the ICA Youth Participation Programme who will help to train and support the fledgling groups.

Their role
The Youth Clubs will help publicise for the projects, recruit young people, provide a space young people feel comfortable in for the initial meetings, and help support the young people in their new projects.
One of the Universities will help us publicise the young people’s Riskpedition event, will organise bookings and will help with venues for the event, and future distribution of the resource pack.
Our volunteers and associates will help develop the training programme and deliver it
The City funder will help with alternative venues for the Riskpedition event
The North West regional Youth Work Unit will help us with publicity and future distribution of the resource packs
Determine main beneficiaries
Our past work has been with young people who have shown a lot of leadership and entrepreneurial skills (such as people in school councils and Youth Panels) as well as young people that shy away from taking on responsibilities and trying out new things. We want to pilot this project with those who are not already taking on risks in their lives. We have found that lots of young people in Youth Clubs have a lot of 'organic' intelligence (not necessarily 'intellectual' intelligence) and are practical minded, but are held back by their own fears and assumptions. From our experiences, young men can end up channelling their energies into negative risk-taking, whereas young women often shy away from taking risks because of lack of confidence or because they have caring responsibilities. So we feel that young people from an informal learning environment will be a good group to pilot the project with.
Why have you chosen this area?
Because the North West, although a hub of a lot of innovation, does not attract the same sort of attention as the larger city does in terms of innovation and innovative business. Lots of young people in the North West have parents who have lost jobs in the traditional industries in the area and so lots of communities feel displaced.  This means that young people are fearful of taking risks and often have low aspirations because of their experiences in their communities.  The legacy of the traditional industries and communities also keeps young people in traditional gender roles, such as men working in heavy industry and women looking after children. If these young people learn more about taking risks and become more ambitious then this will help these communities grow in the future, and gain more social and economic opportunities.
16-19 year old is age group
What will you get out of working with this?
The knowledge and experience of working with other groups exploring the theme of risk which we would hope to learn from. The opportunity to network with other groups that are funded to share ideas. New networks to publicise the work and raise the profile the project . The support of an organisation willing to take risks and to evolve with us as we learn more. The opportunity to find out about other opportunities to develop the work with other groups, organisations, and funders as well as in other settings. A dialogue with us to continually discover new ways of how we can work together as partners
Methodology 
We will recruit four partner groups- two male and two female groups
We will devise and deliver training sessions and a residential per group for the young people covering- turning ideas into action; devising and delivering a community project; anticipating and understanding risk and action planning.
We will devise and deliver a complementary training programme alongside this for workers who work with the young people
We will support the young people to set up their projects and to evaluate their projects.
We will meet with the young people to devise activities to use with young people to encourage more young people to take risks which take into account the different approaches needed for different genders.
We will work with the young people and a partner University to plan, publicise and run the Riskpedition event.
What is different about your approach?
We have a commitment to radical approaches and to being cutting-edge in relation to how people work together and how people can solve problems in their own lives, which includes assessing risk and taking chances.
Our organisation is made up of associates and volunteers who devise and deliver our projects who come from a variety of different sectors and all contribute in a unique way to making our training applicable in lots of different settings
A central plank of our work is partnership working, and all our current Youth Programme work is carried out with partner organisations so we are experienced at working with multiple partners.
We are committed to sustainability of projects that work and will seek to continue the project after the pilot if it is successful.
One of the key features of our work is that we run training of trainers in order to ensure that our work can be replicated and can spread into other sectors and organisations.
How will you measure?
We will gather baseline data  on the project groups and work with them to agree the changes they would like to see by the end of the project. These would then become the basis for a framework of benchmarks and indicators which can be used through the project; as well as evaluations mid-way through and at the end.  
The project groups will do their own self-analysis activities based on the agreed framework .
We will have some new projects up and running (or at least some that the young people have attempted to set up)
We will have a resource and activity pack exploring 'risk and gender', that we can distribute
We will run a Riskpedition event which is attended by young people and professionals and we will evaluate this.
We will evaluate with the worker we train and we will do a 3 month follow-up to see how they use 'taking risks as a life skill' it in their practise with young people .
Plans for development
We will seek funding to run Riskpedition-style events, and help other groups to run them

We will explore ways of mobilising resources to run the training course in the future and to train teachers and youth workers on how to use the activity pack.
We will approach schools, youth clubs and other young people's organisations to offer to work in partnership on funding and delivering the training.
We will develop the resources for our website which will have a forum for those using the training
We will offer to those young people involved in the project to remain a volunteer with ICA and to train other young people using the resource pack
We will disseminate our findings and the research through our contacts in the THE COUNTRY and throughout the ICA network so that it can spread worldwide.
Replication and sustainability
Those who have been shown how to use the activities and games pack during the Riskpedition will be able to run the activities in their won youth settings.
We will actively seek funding to continue the project through organisations such as v the volunteering organisation.
We will use our connections with Local Authority Youth Services to mainstream to project into existing plans within their youth clubs.
12months starting September 2008
58,000
•	Staff costs to support the project
•	Coordination of volunteers
•	Travel and subsistence
•	Marketing and publicity e.g. to recruit host groups and advertise Riskpedition
•	Office costs
•	Design and print of resource (activity and games) packs
•	Costs of the Riskpedition- venue hire, catering, materials

Get young people into a uni environment for their conference

Objectives
I would say:
Young people will be equipped with the skills to mobilise resources to set up/finance new groups


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>50 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='50'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.  The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level.  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country

Deadline for receipt of applications: 2nd October, 2006



CONCEPT NOTE 

. 

1. Summary of the action
Please provide the following information:
1.1	Brief description of the proposed action

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Copperbelt Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to Livingstone. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from t ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.

2. Relevance:
Please describe the following: 
2.1	How relevant is your proposal to the needs and constraints of the target country(ies) or region?
2.2	What are the problems to be resolved and the needs to be met? 

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition. The project will also build strong links between the target group and local permanent service providers hospital, Ministry of Health and Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives to mention but a few.

2.3	Who are the actors involved (final beneficiaries, target groups)?
The specific target community is 2nd district area. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 500 PLWHA and the indirect beneficiaries will be the families of these 500 PLWHA making up a total of 3,000 people. (using the The countryn average of 6 persons per family)

2.4	What are the objectives and expected results?

The objectives of the project are:

•	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART
•	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families
•	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis
•	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives

Expected results are: 

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group

2.5	What is the added value of the action (what adds the action by reference to (central or local) government action and actions implemented by non state actors)?

•	The two country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella of xxx. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which A PARTNER  is a member is another channel for sharing information and experiences from the project

3. Methodology and Sustainability:
Please describe the following: 
3.1	What are the main project activities?
In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income

3.2	Who will be your main implementing partners, what is the length of your relationship with them and how will they be involved in the project?

There will be two implementing partners with whom has worked for the past three year. These are:

In the project, will be responsible for overall coordination of project activities, manage finances as per EC requirements, employ two Field Officers, host the volunteer from and manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the They will also employ the Project Coordinator

ICA will be responsible for placement of a Volunteer at the project and capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project.


3.3	How will the project achieve sustainability? 

•	Income generation skills and activities that will be facilitated through the project will remain within households and can be applied long after project has phased out
•	The project will build capacity among beneficiaries to produce and prepare local foods which are normally more accessible and nutritious. 
•	The strong linkage that exists between the project and government departments and ministries (such as the MoH and MACO) will be strengthened.  These linkages will assure continuous support to the target group long after the end of the project
•	The Volunteer who will be attached to the project and the project will be imparting the spirit of volunteerism among local communities 
•	The evaluation that will be conducted after 10 months will determine funding needs and strategies for further support beyond this project
•	The project will facilitate linkages to microfinance institutions for external financing of beneficiaries that will involve themselves in business ventures. 
•	Both have a long term agenda for the target area. The capacity that this project will build in these organisations will go towards enhancing long term benefits to the target group in this area and beyond. 
•	Strengthened CPTs and Support Groups will continue to provide HBC support to PLWHA in the area 

3.4	Will it have multiplier effects?

•	The two The country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. 
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, ZHECT, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The target area of this project receives many visitors and is the gateway to the south of The country. Results from the project are expected to go far and wide through the many people that visit the area
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which is a member is another channel for sharing information

4. Expertise and operational capacity:
Please describe the following: 
4.1	What is the experience of your organisation in project management?

THE ORG has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the ECHO funded Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP) with OXFAM. At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes with Programme Against Malnutrition (PAM) in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD funding in conjunction with the Government  in all the seven districts of North Western Province.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership partners with funding from

4.2. 	What is the experience of your organisation and your partner(s) of the issues to be 	addressed?

Has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Naluyanda involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for  The country National AIDS Network
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families.
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project funded by World Bank
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS
•	ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme, 
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, 

I.	THE ACTION
1.	DESCRIPTION

1.1	Title

2nd district Food Security Project (CFSP)

1.2	Location(s)

2nd district area in The district in the Southern Province of The country


Total eligible cost of the action	Amount requested from the Contracting Authority	% of total eligible cost of action
734,477.40	661,297.90	90 %

1.3	Summary

Maximum 1 page 

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from the partner ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.



Duration of the action	24 Months
Objectives of the action	Overall objective: To improve the quality of life of PLWHA and their families through the implementation of a broad based sustainable food security initiative in 2nd district area of the district of the Southern Province of The country.
Specific objectives: By the end of two years, at least 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area will have attained improved nutritional status to improve uptake and effectiveness of ART and community based systems and structures established for their families to produce adequate food and generate household income on a sustainable basis.
Partner(s)	1.  ICA

Target group(s) 	500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Final beneficiaries 	Families of 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Estimated results	1.	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
2.	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
3.	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
4.	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
5.	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group
Main activities	In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods through Care for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income
Where applicable, clearly indicate the sector, theme, or geographical area specified in the call for proposals to which the proposed action would apply:


1.4	Objectives

Maximum 1 page. Describe the overall objective(s) to which the action aims to contribute towards and the specific objective that the action aims to achieve.

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART) requires that the patient has a balanced diet. Due to prolonged illness, PLWHA or AIDS patients often find themselves in a situation of depleted resource base due to inability to perform productive work and meeting expenditure required to access ART. Consequently, a balanced diet to PLWHA especially AIDS patients is a far cry. This objective will address this primary requirement in the short term before addressing medium and long term requirements among PLWHA and their families. 

Because nutrition is crucial among PLWHA especially those on ART, the project will support formation of Nutrition groups who will be trained in preparation and processing of foods suitable for PLWHA. Focus will, first and foremost, be directed at local indigenous foodstuffs which even poor families can lay their hands on. The Biodiversity Community Network (BCN) which is an associate in this project has gathered massive experience in supporting such activities.  

1.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families

It has been widely documented that the HIV/AIDS issue has placed a huge burden on the Ministry of Health (MoH). It has become common practice to engage local communities in such a way they are involved in providing the necessary services to PLWHA and in this way contributing to the effectiveness of the public sector. The project will facilitate formation and strengthening (where such does not already exist) of community based and managed groups to lead the process of Care and prevention for and against HIV/AIDS, nutrition as it relates to HIV/AIDS and such other services.

In addition, the project will facilitate linkages between essential permanent service providers and organisations working in the sector and the local groups from the start of the project. The philosophy of this project emphasises inculcating the spirit of volunteerism among target communities.

2.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

The project will aim to restore livelihoods of families with PLWHA by empowering them to produce more food on a sustainable basis. The project will promote sustainable agriculture techniques and methods that are accessible and affordable from the point of view of a resource poor farmer. Both crop and animal production will be promoted. The pas-on-the-gift scheme for small livestock which has worked wonders among PLWHA elsewhere will be introduced. 

In order to ensure long term technical support in agriculture, the project will facilitate stronger linkages with the Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) and support Community Livestock Workers (CLWs) and Community Development Facilitators (CDFs) through training.

3.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

In order to restore the livelihoods of PLWHA and their families, the project will promote income generation initiatives. Training will be facilitated on entrepreneurship and marketing. These skills will enable them identify and manage business ventures of their choice. Family members of PLWHA will be encouraged to form interest groups based on the business ventures that they will be pursuing. Those that require additional finances will be linked to microfinance institutions for loans and savings services.



a.	Justification

Maximum 3 pages. Please provide the following information:
i.	Relevance of the action to the objectives and priorities of the programme

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs.

The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation called BCN who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. These will be promoted and grown by HIV patients and their families. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. For example, seed will be distributed on a seed revolving loan basis where PLWHA will repay their loan in kind to others while continuing to meet their own seed requirements for the following year. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition.

The strong link that the project will facilitate between the target group and local permanent service providers.

ii.	Identification of perceived needs and constraints in the target country/ies, in particular in the region(s) concerned. 

The country is rated among the poorest countries in the world. The country is listed among the Highly Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) as well as the Least Developed Countries (LDC’s). According to the UNDP’s Human Development Report of 2002, The country ranks 163 out of the 175 countries in the world in terms of human development. 

In 2003, the United Nations Human Development report indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

The The country government has realised that chronic illness that accompany poor health and deterioration of the immune system deplete households assets, reduce labour and lead to reduced food production
This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The consortium will concentrate on constituency. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district covers most of Constituency. 

The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

iii.	Description of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries and estimated number 
The action will target The district, in Southern Province. The specific target community is 2nd district area and beyond. In 2nd district Project area and expansion area the project will work with 500 PLWHA and their families. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 300 and 200 in the 2nd district expansion area. The number of indirect beneficiaries will be 3000 people.
iv.	Reasons for the selection of the target group(s) and identification of their needs and constraints. How does the Action contribute to the needs of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries?

The direct beneficiaries have been selected because they are PLWHA. Some are already on ART and are in the extreme poverty bracket. 

The indirect beneficiaries have been selected because they have been adversely affected by the status and condition of the PLWHA in their families. Assets have been lost due to demands placed on PLWHA in terms of nutrition and other logistics necessary for caring for the same. For both PLWHA and their families to get back into productive engagement, they need to have basic needs readily available and accessible. These include food, healthy diets, diversified food production and income generation. This will assist to broaden their food security base.

Contribution to the needs of the target group and final beneficiaries 

1.	The action will assist PLWHA have available and accessible food which will help them improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. Currently there is no food for PLWHA and where little is available it would be the staple food maize which does not help their condition. 
2.	The Home Based Care (HBC) system already in existence will be strengthened through training of care and prevention teams and formation of more support groups so that PLWHA can encourage and support each other.
3.	Food production will be carefully designed so that crops promoted and grown will be of high nutritive value and will increase the availability and accessibility of food making up a healthy diet. Food production will be combined with the promotion of traditional crops of high nutritive value that are easy to grow even in times of drought and have proven medicinal properties such as Amaranthus.
4.	Income generation will ensure that target beneficiaries broaden their food security base so that over - reliance on a single source of income is eradicated.

b.	Detailed description of activities

Maximum 9 pages.  Include the title and a detailed description of each activity to be undertaken to produce the results, justifying the choice of the activities and specifying where applicable the role of each partner (or associates or subcontractors) in the activities. In this respect, the detailed description of activities must not repeat the action plan (see section 1.9).

	Diagrammatic representation of the project concept
 

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

•	Facilitate formation of community based nutrition groups: The project will facilitate formation of 5 nutrition groups who will be trained in the preparation and processing of nutritious foods and diets for PLWHA. The groups will also be responsible for educating fellow community members on issues of nutrition.

•	Training of nutrition groups: Nutrition groups will be trained on locally available food stuffs and the relationship of nutrition to HIV/AIDS. The training will be conducted by health staff from Hospitals as well as the Biodiversity Community Network (BCN).

•	Analysis of diets of PLWHA: Experts will work together with members of nutrition groups to analyse diets of PLWHA in the area. Thereafter, World Food Programme (WFP) instruments will be used to identify ARV patients who require food assistance. 
 
•	Design of food packs: Equipped with analyses of diets of PLWHA, food packs will be designed by nutrition groups.

•	Purchase of food and organisation of logistics: The project will purchase food stuffs based on the EC’s procurement procedures. Appropriate information systems will be applied in the procurement of foodstuffs and subsequent processes. 

•	Distribution and monitoring of distribution and utilisation of food packs: Keepers The country Foundation in close collaboration with the WFP has been involved in distributing foodstuffs and seeds to communities affected by drought and HIV/AIDS in Western province. This experience will be handy in organisation of logistics and monitoring systems for distribution and utilisation of food packs to beneficiaries in this project.

2.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families.

•	Awareness for VCT: The project will facilitate awareness creation campaigns for potential beneficiaries of the project to undergo Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT). The campaign for VCT will also serve as the awareness for the project in the area. Project staff will use this opportunity to explain the scaling up of existing initiatives. Methods for awareness creation and campaign will include drama sessions by local groups, awareness meetings and role plays

•	Facilitating mobile VCT: In collaboration with the New Start Centre (NSC), mobile VCT sessions will be conducted across the target area. Those whose results will be positive to HIV/AIDS will be automatic beneficiaries of the project

•	Promotion of ART among PLWHA: The first intervention for the target beneficiaries is the linkage for Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART). Apart from those that will be tested after the awareness for VCT, some beneficiaries will already be aware about their status. The project will also take these on board. The project will also directly target households that are hosting chronically ill persons to benefit from the project.

•	Facilitate formation of 10 support groups of PLWHA: Some of the PLWHA will be mobilised into support groups that will lead the process of campaigns for VCT and ART. The support groups will also coordinate Home Based Care (HBC) programmes in the target area.

•	Training for CPTs on care and support to PLWHA: The project will exploit existing collaboration with the Ministry of Health Authorities at the District and at Hospital to train Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and local stakeholders: In order to enhance the effectiveness of CPTs, the project will facilitate a deliberate campaign to link these to local leaders including headmen, chiefs, religious leaders, politicians and any other persons of influence. 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and other support institutions: The project will ensure that all the relationships with development actors in the district and province are shared with local structures created and facilitated in the target area. To this end, local CPTs will be introduced to organisations like the District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), District Health Management Team (DHMT), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO), The country Health Education and Communication Trust, The country Users of ARVs, Network of people living with HIV/AIDS in The country and many such others.

3.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

•	Training in sustainable agriculture methods: As a long term measure to ensure household food security among PLWHA and their families, the project will encourage use of low cost and sustainable agricultural methods such as agro forestry and potholing. The Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) will deliver appropriate training on various sustainable agricultural methods and techniques.

•	Training in crop diversification: MACO will also conduct training in crop diversification both for increased diversity in foodstuffs as well as for generation of income. 

•	Training in production, processing and preparation of indigenous food products: In line with diversification of foodstuffs, the project will promote not just production but processing and preparation of such foodstuffs. The choice of these crops will be informed by the analysis that experts will recommend from a nutrition point of view. Experts from BCN, MACO and MoH will be key in this activity.

•	Training in off-season farming: The area around 2nd district is prone to (partial) drought. This fact coupled with the need to increase the productivity of households with PLWHA calls for agricultural production throughout the year. The project will train beneficiaries in off-season production of vegetables, green maize and any other crops for food and income.

•	Facilitate establishment of seed revolving mechanism: One of the most important inputs for sustainable food security is seed. The project will facilitate establishment of a revolving seed supply mechanism. The idea will be to provide a conducive environment for supply and availability of good quality and affordable seed and planting materials on a timely and sustainable basis. The management of the seed revolving scheme will be done by agricultural and income generation Interest Groups that will be formed in the area. Establishment of the scheme will involve training of seed growers and traders. MACO will be key in delivering this activity.

•	Supply of seed to the seed revolving scheme:  Once adequate capacity has been built in IGs, the project will provide initial seed on a one - off basis. Thereafter, MACO and project staff will offer technical back-up support to ensure sound management of the scheme in the second season.


4.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

•	Facilitate identification of viable economic opportunities in the area and beyond: Project staff will facilitate identification of viable economic activities in the area and beyond among members of households with PLWHA. The role of staff from the project at this stage will be information provision and facilitation of the process.

•	Facilitate formation of interest groups:  Based on viable business ventures identified by family members of PLWHA, interest groups (IGs) will be formed. These IGs will draw action plans on how they will exploit the identified economic opportunities at household and group levels. 
 
•	Training in business, marketing and technical skills: The project will facilitate training of members of IGs in business and marketing skills as well as technical aspects of the particular economic ventures of their choice. Some of the ventures that may be identified (based on past experience in the area) include livestock and mushroom production.

•	Training of community based volunteers: The project will attempt to inculcate a strong spirit of volunteerism among member of 2nd district community. Apart from support groups and CPTs, teams of local persons will be assembled to provide technical support to livestock owners, crop farmers and business persons. Community Livestock workers (CLWs) will be trained through the Department of Animal Health to provide support to keepers of small livestock while Community Development workers will take care of agricultural and business concerns of local households.
 
•	Linkage to financial institutions: The need for additional capital is often identified as a major constraint to promotion of business among rural people. The project will link vibrant IGs to Micro finance Institutions (MFIs) within the province. The MFIs will provide savings and credit services among IGs to enable them grow their businesses.

5.	Project management

•	Inception workshop: Prior to starting the project, an inception workshop will be held involving all key stakeholders and participants in the projects. The workshop will serve to build a common understanding of the major concepts, procedures ands targets for the project. The workshop will also serve to develop an appropriate Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system for the project. A work plans as well as roles and responsibilities of each participating organisation will be clarified. 

•	Review and planning workshops: Representatives from community based structures, collaborating organisations and members of staff of the project will meet quarterly to review progress and plan for each of the four quarters. 
 
•	Baseline survey: At the onset of the project, a baseline survey will be conducted to determine the status of each of the indicators of progress outlined in the log frame as well as those that project stakeholders may wish to add during the inception workshop. The baseline survey will set benchmarks for future measurement of progress during and after the project intervention.

•	Mid term evaluation: After the tenth month, the project will undergo a mid term evaluation to take stock of progress thus far with a possibility of adjustment to the approach, targets and other aspects of the project based on experience. This evaluation will also identify aspects of the project that will require further support beyond this particular initiative 

•	End of project evaluation: at the conclusion of the project, an end of project evaluation will be undertaken to close out the project and recommend further action to local community members and partners as well as collaborating organisations and institutions.

•	Training of all community groups in participatory monitoring systems: All the community based groups that the project will facilitate will undergo some training in participatory monitoring and evaluation. In this way, the monitoring system for the project will be internalised by the community and its structures and will remain useful long after the project has phased out

c.	Methodology

Maximum 4 pages.  Detailed description of:
i.	Methods of implementation and reasons for the proposed methodology

The methodology used in this project places emphasis on building strong local structures from the start of the project. These structures will be involved in the planning and implementation of project activities as well as the monitoring and evaluation of the same and the results arising from these activities. The project aims to inculcate a spirit of volunteerism among members of the community. A volunteer from ICA will be attached to the project for the whole duration of the project.

The project also takes on board collaborating institutions and organisations that will remain to provide various services to project beneficiaries beyond the life time of the project. Figure 2 (below) is a diagrammatic representation 

The concept of the CFSP is founded on the premises that there are sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS in 2nd district area. The entry point for the project will therefore be promotion for VCT through meetings, drama and sports among other methods. 

The project will also conduct mobile VCT sessions with the New Start Centre and The country Health Education and Communication Trust. The members of the community that will test positive will be encouraged to participate in activities of the project and some will form support groups (SGs) and care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). The project will also target households with people that are chronically ill. The target group for the project will therefore be households with PLWHA and the PLWHA in particular.

Apart from SGs and CPTs, the project will facilitate formation of Nutrition Groups (NGs) from among the target households. The SGs will be trained in various aspects of nutrition and how it affects HIV/AIDS. Experts will deliver various training sessions to SGs to, among other things, enable them analyse diets of PLWHA and recommend suitable food packs which the project will provide in the short term.



Community Based Structures among households with PLWHA


					
				
Support Groups 



	
	    Nutrition Groups					Care & Prevention Teams 




				Com Development Facilitators 
				       
					Interest Groups

				   Community Livestock workers





Using the recommended food pack and diets, food stocks will be purchased using EC procurement guidelines. Th Foundation will rely heavily on experience in handling food distribution programmes under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). interaction with World Food Programme in distribution of food under the Disaster Management an Mitigation Unit (DMMU) will also be essential at this stage.

For the sake of the long term, the project will build capacity for target households to produce a diverse range of food crops in adequate quantities. Timely availability of good quality and affordable seeds will be facilitated through a revolving seed supply scheme managed by community members themselves. Rearing of small livestock such as goats and pigs will be promoted on a pass-on-the-gift basis which has worked very well in Western and Central provinces. Strong linkages will be established with the MACO and local capacity will be built to ensure continuous technical support through identification and training of CLWs and CDFs.

The project will also support development of entrepreneurship that will enable target households identify and exploit viable business opportunities. Linkages will be facilitated with micro finance institutions (MFIs) to service those households that will need additional capital to grow their businesses. As MFIs are institutions in their own right, it is expected that they will continue servicing members of the community beyond the lifetime of the project.

In facilitating availability of suitable and adequate amounts of food for PLWHA, the projects will promote, first and foremost, indigenous, locally available and low input crops, vegetables and fruits. The BCN have carried out research on most of these foods in terms of dietary value over the past ten years. The CFSP will therefore aim to integrate these findings in the design of food packs for households with PLWHA as well as in the production of these crops for the medium and long terms. 

The CFSP is also based on the experience of all three organisations participating in the preparation of the project concept. While ICA bring the international experience to the project particularly in the response to HIV/AIDS pandemic, have gathered some considerable experience in design and implementation of livelihood projects in six of The country’s nine provinces. The consortium can also boast of experience in implementing humanitarian initiatives through the European Commission Humanitarian Aid Office (ECHO) and the government’s Disaster Management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU). ICA belong to a network of 15 NGOs which provides a rich reservoir of technical information and expertise. 

An important part of the project approach is the strong link between the project and permanent service providers. The already existing linkages with the MACO, DATF and MoH will be strengthened. Linkages will also be created and strengthened with other players.

The involvement of local communities and groups in the monitoring and evaluation of project activities and outcomes is an important capacity building aspect of the CFSP. ICA has employed this approach where communities have been empowered to make informed decisions about development activities in their areas.

ii.	Where the action is the prolongation of a previous action, explain how the action is intended to build on the results of this previous action 

The CFSP will be scaling up the work that has been going on over the past 2 years financed by ICA. The project has been working with 200 households with PLWHA. Through the facilitation of the project, 189 people have undergone VCT. Five (5) CPTs have been formed and trained but 10 more will be needed for the new initiative and the strengthening of existing ones will be required.

In the process of carrying out these activities, strong linkages were established with the Ministry of Health (MoH), Hospital and Clinic. These vital relationships will be strengthened under this project. 

The CFSP will use the already sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS done mainly through the project so far. Issues of Food and HIV/AIDS have also been addressed to some extent over the past 2 years and this project will only be scaling up on the same.

In terms of agricultural activities, 130 people have received training in sustainable agriculture and funds have already been secured to provide them with seeds for the season 2006/07. 

iii.	Where the action is part of a larger programme, explain how it fits or is coordinated with this programme. Please specify the potential synergies with other initiatives, in particular from the EC
The CFSP is not a part of a larger programme

iv.	Procedures for follow up and internal/external evaluation

Before the start of the project, all stakeholders will meet to build a common understanding of the project and to streamline the roles of each player. The inception workshop will also review and plan major activities for the project.

In order to empower the target group in decision making, the project will train selected members of the community in Participatory monitoring and evaluation. The design of the project’s monitoring and evaluation system will build on the system established at community level.

A baseline survey will be carried out at the start of the project to benchmark the various indicators of progress elaborated in the logical framework. The baseline survey will be undertaken by independent consultants

Ten months into the implementation of the project, a mid term evaluation will be conducted to take stock of progress and recommend corrective measures and pick up issues that may not have been considered at the beginning of the project. The outcome of the mid term review will also inform organisations and people of 2nd district that would desire to intervene in future.

The project will conduct quarterly and annual reviews for stakeholders to review and plan progress. Participants in the quarterly and annual review meetings will include community members, project staff, partners and collaborators. At the end of the project, an end of project evaluation will be conducted.

v.	Description of the role and participation in the action of the various actors (local partner, target groups, local authorities, etc.), and the reasons for which these roles have been assigned to them. 

Each of the three organisations participating in implementing this project brings a variety of experiences to the table.

The Foundation

The foundation has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented as an alternative means to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD in conjunction with the Government of the Republic.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership .


The ICA has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Capital city Province 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for PLWHA area in Capital city Province for orphans widows and vulnerable children 
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families 
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project in Central province
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project in in Central Province with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS


ICA

ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme,
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women, 
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, Tanzania 
•	2005-2006: African ICAs HIV/AIDS Initiative (two workshops,)
•	2005-2006: Pilot of Living Well with HIV/AIDS 

With this background, THE ORG will be responsible for:

•	Overall coordination of project activities
•	Manage finances as per EC requirements
•	Employ two Field Officers
•	Host the volunteer from ICA
•	Manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for:

•	Coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the MoH, MACO, DATF, ZHECT, NSC, BCN, AARVU etc
•	Employ the Project Coordinator


ICA will be responsible for:

•	Placement of a Volunteer
•	Capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project and THE ORG




vi.	Team proposed for implementation of the action (by function: there is no need to include the names of individuals here)


No.
	
Title	
Role

A. Salaried Personnel

1	
Project Coordinator (full time)	
Coordination of the project 

2	
ICA Volunteer (full time)	Providing technical support to the project and staff of the project 

3	
Programme Officer-THE ORG (20%)	
Liaison with the donors and partner organisation & collaborating institutions/organisations

4	
Accountant-THE ORG (30%)	
Providing sound financial management for the project

5	
Field Officers X2 (full time)	
Frontline staff working with communities

B. Voluntary Personnel

1	
Community Livestock Workers	
Technical support to livestock owners

2	
Community Development Facilitators	
Technical support to local farmers on sustainable agriculture and business

3	
Care & Prevention Teams (15 made up of 10)	
Leading care for HIV/AIDS patients and prevention programmes against HIV/AIDS

4	
Nutrition Groups (5 made up of 5)	
Leading nutrition programmes for PLWHA in terms of production, processing and preparation of the same

5	
Support Groups (10 made up of 5)	
Groups of PLWHA organising others to address the various constraints faced by their peers

vii.	Main means proposed for implementation of the action (equipment, tools…)

The project will only have two means thus:

•	Motorbikes (X2 provided by and THE ORG) for the 2 Field staff
•	Bicycles (X 50) for CPTs and CDFs

The action plan must be drawn up using the following format:

Year 1
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 1: Improved nutritional status of PLWHA													
Community mobilisation													THE ORG & partners
Purchase & distribution of foodstuffs													THE ORG
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, , MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, , ICA, , 
Promotion of ART													THE ORG, , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													BCN, 
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteers, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													


Year 2
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, ZHECT, MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, 
Promotion of ART													THE , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteer, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													




2.	EXPECTED RESULTS

2.1	Expected impact on target groups/beneficiaries

Maximum 2 pages.  Indicate how the action will improve:
1.1.1	the situation of target groups/beneficiaries

•	An increase of at least 50% in food production at household level by direct beneficiaries
•	At least 75% of direct beneficiaries accessing three meals per day 
•	Improved nutritional status among 500 PLWHA
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households growing at least 3 major food crops of nutritive value by the end of 2 years
•	Basic business training for  200 people 
•	More than 50 of the beneficiaries successfully go through a 3 months nutrition programme
•	Increased cash incomes (by 50%) for at least 200 of the PLWHA and their families
•	At least 200 people undergoing VCT per year
•	At least 100 introduced to ART per year

1.1.2	the technical and management capacities of target groups and/or any partners where applicable.

•	More than 10 support groups formed with ability to coordinate development initiatives with minimum external support
•	Strengthened capacity of 5 Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs)
•	Improved technical knowledge and skills among 200 households in agriculture and business to sustain their livelihoods in the midst of the impact of HIV/AIDS
•	Increased technical skills and knowledge by 600 people and 100 households in the production and preparation of indigenous nutritious food crops 
•	Improved skills and knowledge by 10 support groups and 15 CPTs in coordinating and monitoring community based nutrition and HIV/AIDS related initiatives  
•	Increased networking among community based groups in addressing issues of nutrition and HIV/AIDS
•	Improved capacities of implementing partner NGOs in organisational management and ability to meet the needs of beneficiaries


2.2	Concrete outputs

Maximum 1 page. Be specific and quantify outputs as much as possible. Indicate notably foreseen publications.

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group


2.3	Multiplier effects

Maximum 1 page. Describe the possibilities for replication and extension of the action outcomes.

•	The two The countryn NGOs participating in this project are working in other areas of The country namely; Western, North - Western, Central and Capital city Provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere in Africa and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the Ministry of Health (MoH), The country Health Education and makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. Additionally, is a member of the International NGO (INGO) forum which is another channel for sharing experiences
•	The target area of this pr </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>51 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='51'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >HIV/AIDS Community Caretakers Mobilization </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' > This project intends to work in eight countries to strengthen and expand village level HIV/AIDS caretakers program. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >HIV/AIDS Community Caretakers Mobilization
Project


2) Organization Description

 (ICA) is a private, not-for-profit social change organization. Its primary objective is to promote positive change in communities, organizations and individual lives around the world by helping people find their own solutions to problems and the means to implement those solutions.  The ICA uses highly participatory methods developed over 30 years to foster creative thinking, consensus-based decision making and team building. It’s methods generate ownership, create clear goals, open lines of communication, broaden perspectives and motivate people to adapt to their changing environment while honoring the cultural traditions and diversity of all involved.

ICA was incorporated in 1973 after operating for several years as a program division of the Ecumenical Institute in Illinois.  ICA currently operates autonomously as a registered member of thirty-five independent ICA affiliates located throughout North and South America, Africa, Europe, Asia and the Pacific. ICAI has Consultative Status with the United Nations Economic and Social Council (Category II) and with UNICEF.

Over the years, ICA has helped effect change within governments, local communities, corporations, volunteer organizations and community development groups. It has demonstrated that a program’s effectiveness increases when the people it affects are part of the development and implementation process. ICA acts as a catalyst in areas such as education, leadership training, organizational transformation, democracy building, micro-credit, agricultural development, job development and training, neighborhood improvement and in fostering the art of facilitating diverse groups.

Thirty years of methods testing and refinement have enabled ICA to create and sustain a variety of programs across the US and abroad which invoke one common principle—the desire to release the creativity of the people involved and allow them to help shape their own destiny.  ICA facilitates this creative process so that people can learn for themselves how to think, plan and lead.  ICA’s experience in participatory problem-solving and its unique understanding of cultural diversity make it eminently qualified to work in today’s environments of change. 
 
ICA’s unique Technology of Participation (ToP) provides proven ways for people to master problem solving, planning and critical decision making within their organizations and communities. Over a million people worldwide have turned to the ICA to sharpen their facilitation skills and strengthen their work performance. 

The Institute of Cultural Affairs has offices and development activities in many countries: In half of the countries, ICA has been an active agency in broad-based development in many villages for up to 25 years.  Staff has worked at the village level and is known and trusted.  ICA offices are well positioned to integrate an HIV/AIDS intervention project into their ongoing development activities.   In fact, it is necessary to do so.  

ICA projects have 20 years of experience with health caretaker. ICA worked with 1,500 villages training village leaders to plan and implement their own projects and village health caretakers to use simple health messages and projects (toilets, home gardens, dish rakes and roof water tanks). In a comprehensive two-year study by the University, significant differences were found in  health knowledge, family planning attitudes and behavior. ICA has also run an urban slum mother-child clinic for ten years using health caretakers. The project focused on health caretakers not only giving home demonstrations on family spacing and nutrition practices, but also re-supplying condom and birth control pills. This was done in conjunction with a nurse run clinic. 

ICA has worked to bring better health care at the local level with particular focus on child-to-child programs and women’s empowerment. With a largely illiterate population of women, they developed a health curriculum using pictures and delivered by older women health outreach workers. They also worked on strategies and programs to stop female genital mutilation  

ICA started a village pharmacy box program that was later picked up to replicate countrywide. Training a cadre of rural health workers, the pharmacy boxes provided not only medicine and health advice, but also a small business enterprise for young men and women.  ICA has worked on an HIV/AIDS awareness campaign with the World Bank.  The focus of this work was to provide public messages about the dangers of HIV/AIDS through the use of billboards and poster campaigns. For four years the Japanese Government and ICA have implemented an HIV testing and awareness project with the public schools and village markets.
  
This project intends to work in eight countries to strengthen and expand village level HIV/AIDS caretakers program. 


3) Need for HIV/AIDS Training and Capacity-Building

It became increasingly clear during preparation and follow up to the ICA International Conference in 2000 that ICA needed to integrate HIV/AIDS prevention work into all of our work.  70% of all the cases in the world were in Sub-Saharan Africa. A pilot project was launched in July, 2002 and in seven additional countries in 2003. 

We found that the need of each country is very different, both in terms of it’s HIV rate and experience with HIV, but also in terms of the needs of the villages selected for implementation.  


The following chart summarizes the 2002-3 villages, locations, and HIV rates.  This proposed project would expand from these villages, which will have a new location.
 
Village/country	HIV/AIDS rate*	Location	Type	Need/Experience
Country 1
	3%	3 hrs toAccra. 
Crossroad t	Agricultural	No personal HIV experience
Country 2, , 	21.5%	2 hrs to. Crossroads 	Agricultural
5 villages stretched over 20 km	Every family has lost members, cared for orphans. 
Country 3
	6%	On truck route	Fragmented community	Little personal HIV experience  
Country 4
	8%	District,. 6 hours to
	Agricultural
4 villages in 5 km radius	Previous experience with an HIV project
Country 5
	33.7%	Suburb of 	Peri-urban	Severe epidemic

Country 6
	20%	100 km from 	Rural, isolated, few services	Severe epidemic
Country 7
	15%	District, Eastern Providence.
3 hours to 	Agricultural/ commercial/semi-arid	 
Severe epidemic
Country 8
	5%	2 hours from 	Agricultural 
5 villages against Nile River; isolated 
	“Been there, done that,” 
Very experienced 
*Report on the global HIV/AIDS epidemic, UNAIDS, 2002

Although there was a basic design for the program, (explained in Section 4), the launch phase of the project in each of the nine countries adapted to the specifics of the situation and to the desires of the local leadership and participants.  We can assume that in this expansion phase of the project, the new villages will be similar to those initially recruited.  Thus the ideas and suggestions of local village leaders and launch-phase participants will guide the expansion phase.  Examples of needs and the responses are:
•	The district administrator did not want just an education project – people already know about HIV – he wanted emphasis on community planning to address poverty.  Thus we changed the curriculum and started with a review of what people knew and what they wanted to know.  
•	Participants had little knowledge of HIV and AIDS, only ominous rumors.  There, the teaching curriculum was entirely appropriate and was followed closely.  

Staff leaders from all eight countries both trained and were trained, gave feed back, and prepared to lead the projects in their own countries with assistance from another country leader.  Leadership of all countries met in March 2004 to evaluate, share experiences and agree to expand programs in their countries.  Peer educators gave feedback to every aspect of training, helping to shape the HIV/AIDS Prevention Education Guide, a tool to use when talking to their neighbors and produced on site.  Additional changes were made to the guide following the project, and new lessons were added before testing and treatment - reflecting participant feedback about what they needed to know.   ICA methods themselves elicit input: Community planning is participatory and determines strategies of the project for the coming year.

The intent of Phase I was to learn about mounting a major HIV/AIDS project and to build capacity in ICA staffs, prepare a core of village caretakers or peer educators, and build relationships with local leadership and health resources.  All the evidence is not yet in, but we have demonstrated already that much has been successful but that the need is great. Each of the eight ICA offices was able to organize and launch a project with very limited outside financial and staff support.  Seven of the eight projects are actively implementing the project.  Each ICA has a core of HIV/AIDS trained staff but more are needed.  Many are already expanding their avenues of work and developing a donor base for needed funds.
•	ICA has finished a contract with the AIDS Commission to train other NGOs.
•	ICA has obtained HIV/AIDS funding from.
•	ICA has obtained funding to expand work to focus on orphans, youth and credit.
•	ICA has expanded work to the surrounding 50 villages 
•	ICA has been asked to host a VCT Center and have hired a nurse to staff it.
•	ICA has obtained financial support from the National AIDS Control Council to train other NGO’s, and is integrating HIV/AIDS into all their programmes.
•	ICA has integrated peer educator training into 50 CBO’s across.
•	ICA has submitted a proposal to a major donor to focus on orphans, patients and affected families. 

ICA’s strategy was to test a community-based approach that focused on training community peer educators, formulate a plan, and begin carrying out concrete actions, to break the silence, and to systematically engage the community in working together.  The evaluation in July 2003 of the project conducted:
•	A core group of peer educators (stake leaders) remains interested in HIV prevention and other community improvements
•	The community seems supportive of the group and says that the stake leaders have contributed to a sense of “community” and pride in their area.
•	People seem to talk more easily and openly about HIV.
•	Peer educators seem comfortable and confident in their ability to talk about HIV/AIDS.  At the training, one man had suggested that the way to deal with someone with HIV was to kill him.  At evaluation he was one of the most engaged and sensitive participants. 
•	The group wants continued training, has cut back on house-to-house education, and sees their community plan to be the primary focus of their activities.
•	A wide variety of activities were initiated such as a HIV/AIDS youth club, poster campaigns, presentations at schools, churches, and funerals.
•	The queen mother and other village leadership became an active advocate, holding meetings with youth and arranging for scholarships for 45 girls.   
•	The group sees lack of funds as a major barrier and wants assistance with raising and managing funds.
•	The group wants more regular staff support.
•	Monitoring and record keeping of activities need improvement.

Part of this strategy was to build partnerships with the government, other NGOs, and the donor community.  It is obvious from the list above, that countries are actively pursuing government and donor collaborations.  One important learning is that the ‘who’ the projects can most helpfully partner with will vary greatly. local leadership proved to be powerful allies.  It was the local health clinic, as well as cooperative work in home care.  

It is difficult – and we did not have the resources in Phase I – to effectively measure changes in knowledge, attitudes, and behavior.  The attributable effect on the HIV rate may never be measurable, but has demonstrated and stands as an example that talking about HIV/AIDS and how to prevent it is a major step in reversing the epidemic.  We believe that energy focused on giving local people the tools and training to talk with their neighbors and a vehicle to plan for systematic community action to manage the challenge will have a positive effect.  The Parish plan had four strategies to address needs:  Make condoms and testing convenient and available; change attitudes and behavior; organize assistance for HIV/AIDS patients; and organize income generating groups and savings and credit cooperatives.  If they can do these things, they will be down the road in managing HIV/AIDS.       
 
4) Project Summary and Implementing Plan

In July of 2002, ICA piloted a project for the ICA HIV/AIDS village mobilization campaign in the small village.  During three weeks, twenty-three village peer educators were trained in HIV/AIDS prevention, a community plan to protect the next generation was designed by the village, and a regional HIV/AIDS resource guide was developed. A training manual was tested and a Village Education Guide was written based on village feedback during training. the Minister of Health, and the Director of the AIDS Commission met with ICA staff, providing television and newspaper support for the community-based effort, as well as stressing the importance of combating HIV while it still enjoyed a low infection rate of 4%.

In 2003 projects were launched in, , , , ,.  There is an ICA staff master trainer in each country prepared to lead village HIV/AIDS training and mobilization projects, and another 20 staff who have been trained in HIV/AIDS prevention.  We have trained 204 village peer educators and village appropriate education materials have been translated into six local languages. Twenty volunteer health professionals from around the world joined the launch teams to initiate training and community planning.  Public launching ceremonies created occasions for staff, villagers, and local and other officials and NGO’s in the area to recognize the importance of the effort being initiated.  

Each country had a two to three week “launch,” to be followed by an initial one year implementation period.  A community plan is in place in seven of eight countries and ICA staff is providing staff support to village educators as they educate their peers and assist in carrying out the village’s plan to address the HIV/AIDS challenge.  Those projects, launched in 2003, will not complete their initial phase until 2004.  Most of these environments were quite different than the launch site, because of much higher HIV rates and experience with the disease.  Evaluation will take place in the Fall.  
What we are proposing is to expand to four surrounding villages using the momentum and learnings form the 2002-2003 launches to rapidly scale up the expansion of villages in each of the eight countries. The support and networking with surrounding government agencies, NGOs and international organization will allow for this rapid growth. Most important, the African ICA staff and villages have gained valuable experience after this initiating period. This expansion project will increase the effectiveness and impact of villager large-scale caretaker work. The expanded project will give sufficient critical mass to show that this approach has possibilities to managing the HIV/AIDS challenge village by village. The expansion project will start in January 2005.  (A one-year, quarterly work plan follows on page 10 and personnel on 9.) 
  
5) Results/Outcomes

We expect to have 32 communities who have a thorough knowledge of HIV/AIDS as well as a plan of action they are implementing to prepare a long-term vision of a HIV/AIDS free community. From this work we will have a cluster of communities that will be a demonstration to the region of taking up the task of AIDS. We are convinced that communities will be educated about HIV/AIDS when their fellow villagers are willing to open the space for dialogue/action and spearhead initiative to use condoms and be tested. We will document progress in accomplishing each villages plan, record family visits, and community project/campaigns initiated through monthly support staff visits. It has been shown that people who are willing to be tested are 40% more likely to practice safe sex. Therefore we anticipate that through HIV/AIDS education plus campaigns, we will produce a 25% increase in HIV/AIDS knowledge and a 10% increase in ABC (Abstinence, Be Faithful and Use Condoms).

6) Evaluation and Dissemination Plan

During the initiation of the project we will survey 10 people from each of five sections of the village with an HIV/AIDS knowledge, attitudes and behavior questionnaire.  (See the appendix for questionnaire). At the end of the year we will re-do the questionnaire with the 50 people to measure for changes in knowledge, attitudes and behavior.  We will also do group discussions with the caretakers, village leaders and other groups to both review the year and plan the next year.  PACT USA has agreed to publish our HIV/AIDS community education manual which is being updated and modified, to make it available to other organizations and communities globally. ICAI has an international conference in Guatemala in August 2004,which will have an HIV/AIDS track. That will be an opportunity to share what we have learned with organizations from many countries and to learn from their successes.  

7) Collaboration with Other Organizations

In our Phase I launch projects we have developed relationships with the governments, and health resources, as well as civil society organizations (churches, service organizations, etc.). These relations will continue and be deepened..



ICA Budget

Project Revenue	Source	Total Project	 % of Project 





TOTAL REVENUE	 (proposed) 
) 	100,000
   20,000
   10,000
     3,333

$133,333
	75%
15%
  7.5%
2.25%


Project Expenses











TOTAL EXPENSES/ GRANT AMOUNT	Personnel
  1/3 ICA Coordinator
  8 ICA Staff @ 600 per  month for 12 months 

Non-Personnel costs (in country)
  Materials and supplies
  Local travel
  Training Week Room and Board
  HIV/AIDS Training Manual
  Communications

Non-personnel costs (USA)

	67,000
    10,000
    57,600


52,400
     20,600
      4,800
     16,000
      4,000
      7,000

13,333
     

133,000	50,700  75%




39,300  75%






10,000  75%


100,000  75%


2005 Work Plan
ICA USA                                                                                                                                                                           April 2004
Quarters	Quarter I	Quarter II	Quarter  III	Quarter I V








Tasks	•	Community Leaders  Meeting      

•	Choosing Caretakers

•	Four One-Week Village HIV/AIDS Training Programs

•	Four Community HIV/AIDS Planning Sessions.

•	Meeting of Caretakers from all Four Villages to Share Work and Learnings	•	Monthly Village HIV/AIDS Family Education Visits

•	Village Plans Implemented and Reported

•	Monthly Village Caretakers Meeting and Planning

•	Quarterly Meeting of Four Village’s Caretakers	•	Voluntary Counseling and Testing Campaign

•	Condom Campaign

•	Youth  and Gender Meetings

•	Monthly Village Caretakers’ Meeting

•	Quarterly Meeting of Four Village Caretakers	•	Four Village’s Caretakers’ Meeting to Review Year and Plan next Year

•	Evaluation of knowledge, attitude and behavior changes

•	Monthly Village Caretakers’ Meetings and Planning

•	Quarterly Meeting of Four Village Caretakers


Indicators
	•	80 Trained HIV/AIDS Caretakers
•	Four Community HIV/Plans	•	350 Family Lessons Given Each Month
•	12 village Projects Started	•	50 Villagers VCT

•	500 Condoms Handed Out/ 350 Demonstrations	•	25% Increase in HIV Knowledge
•	10% Increase in ABC (abstain, be faithful, condoms)

Eight Nations
Totals	•	640 Trained Caretakers
•	16 HIV Plans	•	2800 lessons
•	96 Village Projects	•	400 VCTS
•	4000 Condoms /2800 Demonstrations	
           See Above

 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td></table>